Home

User`s Manual

1. Slash 0 Ignore Dots Append Truncate True Vert Absorb After Rotated Alpha 1 10 APY Disable Disable Disable Enable Disable Absorb Motion Enable Enable Enable Disable Enable Absorb All Disable UPC Rot Char Ignore Midline PY Print Expanded Descenders Size Spaces Quality Font Enable Adjusted Disable Disable Data Processing Scalable Disable Not Adjusted Enable Enable High Block LP Font MSI Check 125 Al 00 Width Limit Absorb After Digit Selection Spaces APN Disable Print 125 Odd Data Disable Disable Disable Enable Don t Print Leading Zero Enable Enable Enable Check Digit Convert Alpha Disable Enable IGP110 Auto FF PDF Size C128 Mode C39 Ignore ALxx Compatbl at PN Comp Comp Compatbl Cmd Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Disable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable 135 Chapter 4 136 IGP VGL Emulation SFCC amp Pwrup This option has several sub options which define the SFCC and power up configuration used with VGL VGL SFCC This option selects the Special Function Control Code The default value 5E Run a configuration printout to determine the currently selected VGL SFCC Power Up X e Disable default e Enable Selects the ignore mode as the power up default and selects the graphics mode PY as the power up default All characters are ignored until a A comma
2. 86 Typeface Prop Bold Print Italic Print Slashed Text Spacing Zero Position Data Processing Disable Disable Disable Disable Top of Line NLQ Enable Enable Forward Slant Enable Bottom of Line OCR A Backward Slant OCR B High Speed NLQ Sans Serif High Speed 100 NLQ 200 DP 200 High Speed 64 BARCODE 145 BARCODE 160 Page Format from page 85 and page 109 for H Series Form Form Margins Perforation Length Width Skip Abs Length IN Abs Width IN Left Margin Disable 11 0 inches 13 6 inches 0 columns 1 2 Inch 0 1 24 0 1 13 6 0 369 2 3 Inch Abs Length MM Abs Width MM Right Margin 5 6 Inch 279 4 mm 345 4 mm 0 columns 1 inch 0 1 609 6 0 1 345 4 0 369 Funct of Lines Function of CPI Bottom Margin 88 lines 136 characters 0 lines 1 192 1 272 0 451 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Printer Protocol Select the LinePrinter protocol you wish to use Refer to the LinePrinter Plus Programmer s Reference Manual for more information CPI LPI Select This parameter lets you specify the characters per inch cpi and lines per inch lpi values Host Command This parameter allows you to block certain host commands from being acknowledged by the printer e Enable default All host commands are acknowledged by the printer ignore All All host commands are ignored by the printer e Ign
3. Guide Leaf me 5 lt _ Outer Paper aa Guide Leaf 2 Paper Tractor 2 cy on q o SJ e if PA ik 5 a olg joj lez b Mount Lee Mount Block Block 2 Figure 28 Adjusting Paper Guide Leaves 4 Slide the left outboard mount block so that the left outer paper guide leaf is 5 inches from the left tractor See Figure 28 5 Slide the right outboard mount block so that the right outer paper guide leaf is 5 inches from the right tractor 6 Slide the center mount block so that the center paper guide leaf is centered between the left and right outer paper guide leaves 7 Install the paper guide knobs and front paper guide leaves See Figure 27 249 Appendix C _ Operation Load Paper Outer Paper Paper Out Sensor 250 5 Guide Leaf Guide Leaf 2 Tractor Door lt Center Paper Front Paper Guide Leaf 3 A Edge lof sd Paper Box gt Label 7 Paper Paper Supply Box 183487b Figure 29 Loading Paper Onto The Printer Align the paper supply box with the label on the bottom left side of the modesty panel See Figure 29 on page 250 Unlock and open the tractor doors and slide the paper from below through the black paper out sensor slot on the left side and up between all front and rear paper guides Load the paper on the lef
4. Power Stacker Figure 17 Removing Stacked Paper from the Printer 6 For cabinet models remove the stacked paper from the rear cabinet floor For cabinet models with the power stacker installed remove the paper from the wire paper tent and press the STACKER DOWN key to lower the stacker mechanism 7 Close the cabinet rear door 37 Chapter 3 _ Operational Procedures Tractor Door ev06esl Platen Lever Figure 18 Completely Removing the Paper 8 Tocompletely remove the paper from the printer a Raise the platen lever as far as it will go and open both tractor doors CAUTION Be careful when pulling any paper backward through the paper path especially when using a label stock If you are not careful labels can detach and adhere to the printer within the paper path where only an authorized service representative can remove them b Open the cabinet front door c Gently pull the paper down through the paper slot Allow the paper to fall into the paper supply area d Remove the paper from the paper supply area 38 Output Darkness Integrated Print Management System The N7000 CRP has a new feature that automatically monitors and communicates the status of the ribbon life to help the operator know when to change ribbons Using an ink delivery system called the Cartridge Ribbon System CRS the printer can automatically detect when a new or used ribbon is loaded and all ribbon prope
5. Parallel Serial Ethernet Hotport Hotport Hotport Port Type Port Type Timeout Centronics RS 232 10 sec see page 69 for options RS 422 10 60 Dataproducts Disable Switch Out On see page 71 for options Trickle Time Data Timeout IEEE 1284 1 4 sec Session Close see page 79 for options 1 2 sec Disable 1 sec Trickle Time 2 sec 1 4 sec 4 sec 1 2 sec 8 sec 1 sec 16 sec 2 sec Off 4 sec Timeout 8 sec 10 sec 16 sec 10 60 Off Report Status Timeout Disable 10 sec Enable 10 60 Report Status Disable Enable Switch Out On Data Timeout Session Close Auto Switching gives the printer the ability to handle multiple data streams sequentially With Auto Switching the printer can service hosts attached to the serial parallel and Ethernet ports as if they were the only interface connected For example if the host computer sends one print job to the RS 232 serial port and a separate print job to the IEEE 1284 parallel port the printer s Auto Switching is able to handle both jobs in the order they were received The user does not have to reconfigure the selected interface between jobs 67 Chapter 4 68 HOST INTERFACE Port Type Select the types of parallel and serial interfaces which are connected to the printer For example if your printer is attached to one host with a Centronics connection and a second host with an RS 422 serial connection you would select Centronics under the Parallel Hotpo
6. 0 cccsceseseeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 109 LQ 1600K Me Nu ccceccecceseececeeeeeeeeetecaeeeesaeesenaeeseaeeeenaeeeseaeeeeaees 116 OK MEU s ng 42 eke aaah n A aan aa a eaea aaa Aapa aaa ieee 117 IGP PGL Emulation iiaae aai aaa aa a aaia a i hdl naida es 120 Fedu Seena e A a a e 120 Configuring The Emulation With The Control Panel 008 121 IGP PGL Submenu ooo eee e cece cece scceeeeeeceeeseueeeeseeseeaueaeseeeenanaes 122 Table of Contents IGP V GE Emulation aaa aaaea a a a aa AAE Medialen antigen 133 Features oa eanet ee ee anes ee a E a A NE 133 Configuring the Emulation with the Control Panel 134 IGP VGL Submenu sinnene kanaate aai aa taiea a iaia aa 134 PRINTER CONTRO e e aan aii ce oe tee 145 ADVANCED USER cecccceeeceeeeneee cece eeeaeeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeseaeeeseaaeesseeeeeaees 148 DIAGNOSTICS a a thee ei Bade ee lee ea ele 155 PRINTER MGMT rossner a teannen le oeat aeiee aa tenerae leee eae dedi 158 Interfaces eni a a aaa aus 159 OVEINVIOW aei aa epee east A atin a aAa a Aa Aa S Taa 159 Dataproducts Parallel Interface ssasessesesssrrreeserrrreserrresrrnnnnnrrnnnnernnna 160 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeteees 161 Centronics Parallel Interface cccccceceeeceeeeeeeneeeteneeeseeeeeeneeeseneeess 162 Centronics Parallel Interface Signals cccsceceeeeeeeteeeeneeeees 163 IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface ec eecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeee
7. An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 229 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program s Can User h lution Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solutio E32E CND 4 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32F CND 5 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32G CND 6 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load
8. N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message aan Explanation Solution lt Online etc gt No Status message The No action is required If the Half Speed Mode controller samples the message appears often contact operating temperature of key your authorized service components of the print representative mechanism When higher than normal temperatures are sensed the print speed is automatically reduced by 50 and the message sent the LCD When the components cool down the print speed returns to 100 and the message clears 610 HAMMER COIL No Hammer Coil Open Contact your authorized service CHECK Electrical malfunction of one representative or more hammer coils 616 INTAKE FAN Yes Sensors cannot detect Cycle power If the message CHECK current in fan circuit appears press CLEAR If the message does not clear contact your authorized service representative INTERRUPT UNUSED No The controller board Cycle power If this message VECTOR 00 receives an interrupt itdoes occurred once and never again not understand The problem you can ignore it If the message can be created by electrical reappears or appears noise by a software consistently contact your problem or by a hardware authorized service problem representative LOADING PROGRAM No Status message the new No action is required FROM PORT XX emulation program is
9. P Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 623 STACKER FAULT Yes Stacker is not functioning Check for obstructions in the correctly stacker area If fault persists contact your authorized service representative 624 UPPER DRIVER No Upper Driver Short Hammer Cycle power to see if the SHORT driver circuits on the boards message clears if not contact shorted to ground your authorized service representative 625 WRONG E NET Yes Incompatible network Install a compatible NIC to the Remove NIC interface card NIC is printer then reboot If this installed message still appears contact your authorized service representative 700 A TO D OVERUN No Analog to Digital Overrun Contact your authorized service The analog to digital representative converter overflowed 701 ACCESS NULL No Access Null Pointer The Contact your authorized service POINTER processor tried to access a representative pointer that contains nothing null 702 FIRMWARE No Application software tried to Contact your authorized service ERROR perform an illegal printer representative function or damaged memory detected on the controller board 703 ILLEGAL No Illegal External Bus Access Contact your authorized service EXTERNAL BUS ACC Firmware error on the representative controller board 704 ILLEGAL No Illegal Instruction Accessed Contact your authorized service INSTRUCTION ACC Firmware error on the represen
10. The printers described in this User s Manual comply with the requirements of the ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program of the U S Environmental Protection Agency 241 Appendix A Electrical Characteristics Electrical Characteristics Model Style Voltage 10 Freq 10 Amps Watts BTU Hr N7000 365H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 300W 1025 N7000 365HZT AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 300W 1025 N7000 500 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 5V 275W 940 N7000 500ZT AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 5A 275W 940 N7000 650H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 1 9A 430W 1469 N7000 650HZT AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 1 9A 430W 1469 N7000 805H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 2 1A 540W 1844 N7000 1000 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 300W 1025 N7000 1000ZT AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 300W 1025 N7000 1500 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 9A 430W 1469 N7000 1500ZT AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 9A 430W 1469 N7000Q 365H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 350W 1195 N7000Q 500 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 350W 1195 N7000Q 650H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 2A 460W 1571 N7000Q 805H AC 200 240V 50 60 Hz 2 1A 540W 1844 N7000Q 1000 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 1 6A 350W 1195 N7000Q 1500 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 2A 460W 1571 N7000Q 2000 AC 100 120V 50 60 Hz 2 1A 540W 1844 242 The above values are calculated while printing 136 column all upper case high speed E s The stand by Energy Saver mode wattage is 28W 96 BTU Hr for all models Inte
11. 3 Position the paper out sensor so that there are at least 2 inches between the bottom of the aluminum extrusion bar and the top of the paper out sensor IMPORTANT For optimal performance 2 inches is recommended for 11 inch forms For shorter forms position the paper out sensor so that there are at least 2 inches between a perforation and the top of the paper out sensor 4 Tighten the paper out sensor by turning the sensor knobs clockwise 5 Press ON LINE CLEAR When the first print job is sent to the printer the paper is drawn into the printer the top of form aligns with the print station and the print job begins 252 Set the Tear Bar Distance Set the Tear Bar Distance To set the tear bar distance Make sure the printer is Press the right arrow Press the right arrow PY OW Ne do the following steps offline Press ENTER key to enter the menu until OFFLINE ZTP Menu displays Press the down arrow V ZTP Data Time displays until ZTP TearDistance displays Press the down arrow V ZTP TearDistance xx 144 Inch displays Press the left arrow lt or right arrow gt to decrease or increase the tear bar distance in increments of 1 144th of an inch 8 Press ENTER to select the desired value An asterisk appears next the selected value and a scale prints to indicate the tear bar distance in relation to the tear bar For correct tear bar distance the zero should align wit
12. Accented Char English Simp Chinese T Standard all Ribbon End Point This parameter adjusts the point at which the system will declare the ribbon as being expended The life count will always be from 100 to 0 but if a darker setting is selected 0 will be reached more quickly If a lighter setting is selected the system will extend the time it takes to reach 0 The range of values are as follows e Normal default Darker 1 through Darker 6 Lighter 1 through Lighter 10 NOTE This value can be adjusted at any time and the display will automatically adjust to show the correct percentage relative to the new end point 145 Chapter 4 146 PRINTER CONTROL Open Platen BOF Bottom of Form Some special forms have perforation areas that are too thick to pass through the print station This parameter when enabled opens and closes the platen when the perforations move across the platen When enabling this parameter you must set the forms length to match the physical distance between perforations Bar Code Quality Determines the bar code resolution for all emulations e Dark default Bar code resolution is set at 120 x 72 Draft Bar code resolution is set at 60 x 72 Tear Bar Dist Distance Allows fine and course adjustment of the tear bar position For a pedestal model printer using the top paper exit the default 7 46 inches is used You can specify 4 5 to 10 5 inches in 01 i
13. 20 CPI Condensed Compressed print characters are narrower than the normal character set This is helpful for applications where you need to print the maximum amount of information on a page e Enable default Prints characters about 60 percent the width of normal characters when compressed print is chosen by the host computer e Disable Does not compress print widths even if condensed print is chosen by the host 104 Proprinter XL Emulation Proprinter XL Character Sets Menu Factory Default Character Set from page 103 Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Hebrew Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets ASMO 449 Cyrillic 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek Hebrew Old ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek Hebrew New ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 Hebrew DEC ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek Latin 1 Hebrew MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek Win CP 1255 MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 PC 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek Sakr CP714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page 860 Greek 8859 7 Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO Arabic Lam 1 CP 1048 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO Arabic Lam 2 Polish PO
14. A al Figure 23 Terminating Resistors V6 Controller Board Removal And Installation The procedure for removing and installing terminating resistors is provided in your Maintenance Manual CAUTION This is an involved maintenance procedure To avoid damage to the equipment only a trained technician should perform this procedure RS 232 and RS 422 Serial Interfaces NOTE The RS 232 and RS 422 serial interface circuit characteristics are compatible with the Electronic Industry Association Specifications EIA 232 E and ElA 422 B The RS 232 and RS 422 serial interfaces enable the printer to operate with bit serial devices that are compatible with an RS 232 controller The input serial data transfer rate in baud is selectable from the printer s control panel Baud rates of 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 baud rates are available NOTE If you select a baud rate that is greater than 19200 you may need to use RS 422 to prevent data loss The length of the data cable from the host computer to the printer must not exceed 50 feet 15 meters for RS 232 or 4000 feet 1220 meters for RS 422 A copper conductor twisted pair telephone cable with a shunt capacitance of 16 pF foot 52 5 pF meter terminated in a 100 ohm resistive load must be used for the RS 422 168 RS 232 RS 232 Table 9 Standard 500 1000 1500 and 2000 Ipm Models RS 232 Serial Interface Con
15. Platen Stop Knob Figure 15 Adjusting the Platen Lever 28 Turn the platen stop knob clockwise or counterclockwise to match the paper thickness The A B C scale corresponds approximately to 1 3 and 6 part paper thickness Adjust until you have the desired print quality NOTE The platen stop allows you to set an optimum and consistent thickness that is not affected when opening and closing the platen lever 29 Lower the platen lever until it stops 30 Press ON LINE CLEAR to clear any fault messages such as LOAD PAPER from the LCD 31 Press SET TOF The top of form you have set moves down to the print position If there is data in the buffer the paper moves forward to the last print position on the next page 32 Press ON LINE CLEAR and close the printer cover 35 Chapter 3 _ Operational Procedures Unload Paper 1 Press ON LINE CLEAR to place the printer in offline mode and open the printer cover 2 For cabinet models open the cabinet rear door For models with the power stacker installed press the STACKER UP key on the rear control panel Paper Perforation QLLvesl Figure 16 Unloading the Paper from the Printer Tear off the paper at the perforation Allow the paper to fall to the back of the printer and into the paper stacking area 5 For pedestal models remove the stacked paper from the paper tray 36 Unload Paper Paper
16. 196 Framing Errors Serial submenu 79 G Gateway address Ethernet Address menu 81 Graphics enhancement 11 Graphics Options 136 Absorb After PN 139 Absorb After PY 137 Al 00 Spaces 139 Append Rotated 137 Auto FF at PN 140 C128 Mode Comp 140 C39 Compaitbl 140 Expanded Font 138 Ignore Dots 136 Ignore Spaces 138 Ignore Lxx Cmd 140 IGP110 Compatbl 140 125 Selection 138 LP Font 138 Midline PY includes PN 138 MSI Check Digit 138 PDF Size Comp 140 Print Quality 138 Rot Char Size 137 Slash 0 136 True Vert 1 10 137 Truncate Alpha 137 UPC Descenders 137 Width Limit 139 Graphics Spd Up Hanzi LP Emulation 115 Graphics Speed Up 62 H HAMMER COIL BAD Message 197 HAMMER COIL CHECK message 235 HAM COIL OPEN message 197 Hanzi LP Emulation CPI LPI Select 111 Error Handling 115 Font Attributes 111 Graphics Spd Up 115 Host Command 111 Page Format 115 Printer Protocol 111 Reset Cmd CFG Ld 115 HB NOT INSTALLD message 197 Hex Dump Mode MAINT MISC menu 149 Hex Dump printing 177 HMR BANK FAN FLT Message 198 Host Command 87 Hanzi LP Emulation 111 Host Form Length 127 Host Interface 60 HOST INTERFACE menu 66 Host PI 142 HS Print High Speed Print P Series XQ Emulation 97 HOO PCI SLOT message 196 234 H01 PCI J12 message 197 234 H02 PCI J13 message 197 234 2 5 Selection 126 Idle Response Serial submenu 78 IE
17. A high true level from the host to indicate the printer should perform a reboot Parity Error Always carries a low false signal from the printer indicating there is no parity error 161 Chapter 5 _ Centronics Parallel Interface Centronics Parallel Interface Table 7 Centronics Interface Connector Pin Assignments Input Signals Output Signals Miscellaneous Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin DATA LINE 1 2 ACKNOWLEDGE 10 CHASSIS GROUND 17 Return 20 Return 28 DATA LINE 2 3 ONLINE 13 GROUND 30 Return 21 Return 28 DATA LINE 3 4 FAULT 32 Spares 14 Return 22 Return 29 DATA LINE 4 5 PAPER EMPTY 12 No Connection 34 35 Return 23 Return 28 36 DATA LINE 5 6 BUSY 11 5 Volts 18 Return 24 Return 29 DATA LINE 6 7 Return 25 DATA LINE 7 8 Return 26 DATA LINE 8 9 Return 27 DATA STROBE Return 19 PAPER INSTRUCTION 15 Return 29 PRIME 31 Return 30 The length of the data cable from the host computer to the printer must not exceed 15 feet 5 meters 162 Centronics Parallel Interface Signals Centronics Parallel Interface Signals Data Lines 1 through 8 Provides eight standard or inverted levels from the host that specify character data plot data or a control code Data Line 8 allows access to the extended ASCII character set You may enable or disable this line via the Data Bit 8 parameter on the Centronics submenu see page page 69 Data Strobe Carries a low true 100 ns minimum pulse from the host
18. An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E17 DLOAD MISS See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E18 DSTORE MISS See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 224 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E19 BREAKPOINT See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears
19. Chapter 4 94 P Series Character Set Menu Character Set from page 91 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Factory Default Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets See page 95 ASMO 449 Cyrillic 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 PC 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek Sakr CP714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page 860 Greek 8859 7 Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO Arabic Lam 1 CP 1048 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO Arabic Lam 2 Polish POL1 Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO Lith CP 773 Serbo Croatic 1 Serbo Croatic 2 CP 774 CP 775 ISO 8859 4 Hebrew Turkish Misc UTF 8 Sets Sets Sets Hebrew Old Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi Hebrew New DEC Turkish Italics Set Hebrew DEC IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Latin 1 Hebrew Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set Win CP 1255 PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish UNIS 1 Turkish Code
20. Eight bits equals one byte When a byte of data is sent to the printer the eight bits are sent over eight data lines Some devices cannot send data over their eight data lines To bypass this the 1284 permits data to be sent as half a byte over four status lines Half a byte equals one nibble Two sequential four bit nibbles are sent over the lines Data is transferred from printer to host in four bit nibbles over the status lines and the host controls the transmission Byte Mode The printer and host send data to each other along eight data lines one bit per line If bidirectional communication is supported by the printer and the host the host will take control of the data transfer 164 Signals Signals Table 8 lists each of the signals associated with the corresponding pins on the 1284 interface Descriptions of the signals follow Table 8 1284 Signals Type of Mode Pin Source of Data Compatible Nibble Byte 1 Host nStrobe HostClk Host Clk 2 Host Printer Data 1 LSB 3 Host Printer Data 2 4 Host Printer Data 3 5 Host Printer Data 4 6 Host Printer Data 5 7 Host Printer Data 6 8 Host Printer Data 7 9 Host Printer Data 8 MSB 10 Printer nAck PtrClk PtrClk 11 Printer Busy PtrBusy PtrBusy 12 Printer PError AckDataReq AckDataReq 13 Printer Select Xflag Xflag 14 Host nAutoFd Host Busy HostAck 15 Not Defi
21. Off Instant Serial 5 sec 30 sec E Net Status Port IEEE 1284 Automatic Set Lock Job Sel Print Hist RBN Low RBN Low RBN End Key Typeface 2 Log 2 Warn Action Action Job Select On Under 2 Warn amp Continue Ignore RBN End Typeface On Under 5 Warn amp Pause Stop At RBN End Under 10 Under 20 Under 30 148 ADVANCED USER PTX Setup Option Selects the Special Function Control Code for the PTX_SETUP command and functions e Setup Parse Disables or enables the PTX_SETUP command e Setup SFCC Allows you to choose the hex value of the ASCII character you wish to use as the SFCC for the PTX_SETUP command Valid hex values are 01 FF The default value is hex 21 which corresponds to the P character Hex Dump Mode A hex code printout or hex dump translates all incoming data to hexadecimal equivalents A hex dump lists each ASCII data character received from the host computer together with its corresponding two digit hexadecimal code Hex dumps can be used to troubleshoot some types of printer data reception problems The options include e Disable default Enable Figure 26 on page 177 shows a hex dump sample Power Up State e Online default The printer powers up in the online state e Offline The printer powers up in the offline state Downloaded Fonts Allows you to download a substitution table to replace any character in the current character set with a different character in the same font
22. PNE notifies the system administrator remotely via an automated e mail alert of the low condition This allows corrective action to be taken before the ribbon reaches its end of life If the ribbon is not changed an alert will again be initiated once the ribbon reaches the 0 end point Refer to your PrintNet Enterprise Remote Management Software manual for details Graphics Enhancements The IGP PGL and IGP VGL emulations allow you to create and store forms generate logos bar codes expanded characters and create other graphics Alphanumeric and bar code data are added as the form is printed These emulations are available as factory installed or field installed options These emulations are not supported on H Series printers For more information contact your authorized service representative Taking Care of Your Printer Your printer will produce high print quality jobs if it is well taken care of Periodic cleaning handling the printer properly and using the correct printer supplies such as ribbon and paper ensures optimum performance Chapter 7 explains how to clean the printer and printer supplies are listed in Appendix A Conventions in this Manual All uppercase print indicates control panel keys Example Press the CANCEL key then press the ON LINE CLEAR key Quotation marks indicate messages on the Liquid Crystal Display LCD Example Press the ON LINE CLEAR key OFFLINE appears on the LCD
23. Print Statistics Software Build Feature File Shuttle Type Power Saver Time Pwr Save Control Cancel Key Rev Status Port Ret Status Port Set Lock Key Job Set Typeface Print Hist Log RBN Low Warn RBN Low Action RBN End Action NOTE 1 If installed 2 Available for Zero Tear Pedestal printers only Mgmt Protocol PNE Port Number 4 PNE Port Timeout 4 Status Port Numb Mgmt Port Number 3 Only for pedestal printers only 4 Not available if PNE Port is set to Serial 5 If a Feature File has been downloaded 6 Available for N7H Hanzi GB printers when the OKI emulation is enabled 59 Chapter 4 60 Main Menu QUICK SETUP Menu Definitions Host Interface The Host Interface menu enables you to select and configure interfaces between the printer and your host computer Ethernet Address e IP Address A numeric address such as 123 45 61 23 which identifies a printer or server in a LAN or WAN Subnet Mask A binary value used to divide IP networks into smaller subnetworks or subnets This mask is used to help determine whether IP packets need to be forwarded to other subnets e Gateway Address A gateway address is the IP address of a hardware device gateway that translates data between two incompatible networks which can include protocol translation e MAC Address This menu item is the Manufacturer s Assigned Number and is unique for each printer It is read only e DHCP You can en
24. SET TINGS Menus iria ea a Ee a E aaa RERE 255 Performance Limitations ieri renien iea e ke ieee RT AA EKE EEE 256 D Customer SUpPPOrt cccccccecsssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 259 Printronix Customer Support Center cccccccesseeeeeeneeeeseeeeeseeeeseeees 259 Printronix Supplies Department cceeceeeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeesenees 259 Corporate OFfICOS ceeccceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeseaeeeteaeeeeeeeeeseaeeeteaeeeas 260 E Communication Notices c scceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 NOTICES Staccato tes E AE i tle ele eva as areata ete ah 261 Energy Stal icca ti sxe astigeagh sevteiiep a ectiati av aaa a Gubebeess epee des 263 Communication Statement ccccccccceeceececeeeseeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseeeeseeeess 263 Software License AQre Ment cceccceeeneeeteneeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeetaeeeseaeeees 264 1 Introduction Printer Overview This chapter provides a general overview of your printer and the conventions used within this manual Printronix N7000 and N7000 H Series Cartridge Ribbon Printers CRP Series Printronix has been the global leader in industrial printing solutions for over 30 years earning a reputation for designing and manufacturing leading edge products and delivering them to market with unsurpassed service and support The Printronix N7000 Line Matrix Printing Platform extends the series of technology innovations that cement Printronix s leadership position Lin
25. Subnet mask Ethernet Address menu 81 Supplies Department 13 259 Switch Out On Auto Switching submenu 68 System Memory DIAGNOSTICS 156 288 T TABLE MISMATCH DOWNLOAD AGAIN message 204 TCB CORRUPTED message 204 TCP PORT BUSY message 204 237 Tear Bar Dist Distance PRINTER CONTROL 146 Terminating resistor configurations 167 Terminating resistors location of 168 Test Width DIAGNOSTICS 156 Timeout Auto Switching submenu 68 TIP MISMATCH message 204 TOF Action Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts submenu 72 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 79 Transmit Data TD RS 232 169 Trickle Time Centronics Parallel submenu 71 Dataproducts submenu 73 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 80 Trickle Time Auto Switching submenu 68 True Form Slew 129 True Vert 1 10 137 Trunc Dyn Data 130 Truncate Alpha 137 Typeface 63 U UNDEF INTERRUPT message 204 UNDFNED OPCODE message 204 Unidirectional PRINTER CONTROL 146 UNKNOWN RBN1 message 204 Unload paper 36 UP DRV SHORT message 204 UP or DOWN key 25 UP DOWN key 25 UPC Descenders 126 137 Upr Case Select P Series XQ Emulation 98 User Def Ratio 127 UTF 8 132 Var Form Adjust 127 Var Form Type 128 VFU Select 93 VFU Select P Series XQ Emulation 97 VGL SFCC 136 View Function PRINTER CONTROL 146 VIEW EJECT key 23 Voltage 242 W Warnings 12 Weight printer 240 WELD NOT DETECT messag
26. and the printer is ready for the next data transfer Printer Busy Peripheral Acknowledge nWait Driven by the printer Indicates the printer cannot receive data Data bits 4 and 8 in Nibble mode Acknowledge Data Request nAcknowledge Reverse Driven by the printer Indicates the printer is in a fault condition Data bits 3 and 7 in Nibble mode Xflag Driven by the printer A high true level indicating the printer is ready for data transfer and the printer is on line Data bits 2 and 6 in Nibble mode Host Busy Host Acknowledge NDStrobe Driven by the host Activates auto line feed mode Peripheral Logic High Driven by the printer When the line is high the printer indicates all of its signals are in a valid state When the line is low the printer indicates its power is off or its signals are in an invalid state nReverse Request Driven by the host Resets the interface and forces a return to Compatibility mode idle phase 166 Terminating Resistor Configurations nData Available nPeripheral Request Driven by the printer Indicates the printer has encountered an error Data bits 1 and 5 in Nibble mode 1284 Active nAStrobe Driven by the host A peripheral device is selected Host Logic High Driven by the host When set to high the host indicates all of its signals are in a valid state When set to low the host indicates its power is off or its signals are in an invalid state ninit Resets init i
27. e Char Operations Allows you to delete a character from flash load a character from flash save a character to flash and delete a character from RAM e Ld Char at Pwrup Allows you to disable or enable loading a character at power up Set Operations Allows you to delete a character set from flash load a character set from flash save a character set to flash and delete a character set from RAM e Ld Set at PwrUp Allows you to disable or enable loading a character set at power up 149 Chapter 4 150 CAUTION ADVANCED USER PMD Paper Motion Detection Fault e Enable default In the event of a paper jam an audible alarm beeps CLEAR PAPER JAM appears on the message display and the printer stops printing e Disable You should disable PMD only if special paper requires it Once PMD is disabled paper motion is not monitored If a paper jam occurs the printer ignores the condition and continues to print possibly causing damage to the printer Power Stacker This parameter allows you to enable or disable the power paper stacker provided this option is installed Auto Elevator This parameter exists only on printers with the power paper stacker installed The power stacker has a sensor which detects paper movement and raises the stacker as the printed paper stack grows If the printer has been printing for three minutes continually and the sensor has not detected any growth in the paper stack the st
28. e Disable disable Uses the current way of decoding e Enable Matches the old method of decoding Ignore Lxx Cmd e Disable default e Enable The Lxx command will always be ignored IGP VGL Submenu Error Handling Following are several options which define how errors are reported Error Msgs e Enable default Command syntax is checked and error messages printed when command parameters are incorrect e Disable Error checking and error messages are suppressed Error Markers e Enable default Prints the following error markers for those elements that print beyond the page boundaries gt gt for elements that begin off the right side of the page lt lt for elements that begin at the indicated position but end off the page for elements where the starting position of the command contains an error other than an off page error Offpage Errors e Disable default Does not report errors for elements that start or end beyond the right edge of the page e Enable Reports errors for elements that start or end beyond the right edge of the page Barcode Errors e Enable default An error message will print when invalid barcode data is encountered e Disable VGL will not print an error for illegal barcode data the barcode will be skipped NOTE When the Barcode Errors option is disabled the VGL emulation will try to make the best use of invalid data by either truncating extra digits or adding zeros to th
29. record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03F DSI CKOWX Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03G DSI ECXIWX Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03H DSI ECKOWX Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 186 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message PEE Explanation Solution E04A ISI NO TRA Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program softw
30. the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 230 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E32H CND 7 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E33 WRITE BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E34 TRACE CMPLT See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your nex
31. this function ignores the LPI selection commands ESC 2 and ESC 0 If OKI emulation is selected this function ignores the LPI selection commands ESC 6 and ESC 8 The default is Disable e Ignore Unidir When set to Enable all unidirectional commands sent by the host are ignored by the printer The default is Enable Font Attributes Typeface This parameter allows you to select the typeface for printing in the emulation e LQ Default value for Hanzi Big5 and the Hanzi GB printer with OKI selected e Near LQ Default value for Hanzi GB printer with LQ1600K selected e Normal e Hi Speed e Super Hi Speed e Ultra Hi Speed Styling Type e SONG Only for Hanzi GB printer e MING Only for Hanzi Big5 printer 111 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series High Density e Disable default e Enable Allows the LQ typeface to print in higher print density and it will not take effect when other typefaces are selected Prop Spacing Each printed character is contained inside a character cell The width of the character cell includes the character and the space arround the character This parameter only works in ASCII mode Disable default Each character cell is printed with the same width e Enable The width of each character cell varies with the width of the character NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected Bold Print e Disable default Text is printed
32. 06 Control Code 06 defines the function of ASCII code hex 06 ACK You can select an alternate line spacing of 6 8 or 10 3 LPI Control Code 08 Control Code 08 defines the function of ASCII code hex 08 BS You can define the code to output the following character Elongated default Backspace Define CR Code This option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a carriage return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex 0A into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends Line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not insert an extra line feed after each carriage return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra line feed after each carriage return The next print position will be print position 1 of the next line 91 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Auto LF This option defines the printer action when print data is received past the forms width setting e Disable default Discards any data past the forms width e Enable Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width causing the excess text to print on the next line Overstrike This option enables you to print bold characters e Enable disable Turns on bold print When enabled overstrike printing slows down the printer e Disab
33. 13 POSTNET PostBar Royal Mail and PDF417 UPC and EAN barcodes can specify add on data Expanded and Compressed Character Print attract attention where needed Alphanumeric height and width are controlled independently for a wide range of character sizes up to 113 times the standard character size up to 11 3 inches wide and tall Compressed print sizes of 10 12 13 15 17 and 20 characters per inch cpi are available Logos are created using alphanumeric commands and add many print and shading features for a customized appearance to forms reports and labels Rotated Alphanumerics permit new concepts in form design Normal expanded and compressed character strings can be rotated 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise or they can be printed upside down Reversed Print permits highlighting and contrasting by printing white characters on a dark background Automatic Increment Decrement Capability allows batch form processing Individual alphabetic numeric and barcode data fields can be identified and automatically incremented or decremented by any amount beginning from a specified reference point Scaling Capability permits graphic elements such as corners or boxes to retain their physical shapes and sizes when printed in a horizontal and vertical density other than the base density of 60 x 72 dpi Multinational Character Sets provide many international character sets each 96 characters in length This feature als
34. 227 E31E EVENT 4 BP message 190 227 E31F EVENT 5 BP message 190 227 E31G EVENT 6 BP message 191 228 E31H EVENT 7 BP message 191 228 E32A CND 0 BP message 191 228 E32B CND 1 BP message 191 229 E32C CND 2 BP message 191 229 E32D CND 3 BP message 192 229 E32E CND 4 BP message 192 230 E32F CND 5 BP message 192 230 E32G CND 6 BP message 192 230 E32H CND 7 BP message 192 231 E33 WRITE BP message 193 231 E34 TRACE CMPLT message 193 231 E99 UNKNOWN INT message 193 232 F Fault Messages N7000 H Series 206 N7000 STD ASCII 179 Fault messages 178 A TO D OVERUN 179 ACCESS NULL PTR 179 BUFFER OVERRUN 182 BOO STATUS SDRAM DETECTION 166MHZ 179 214 B01 STATUS 8245 SDRAM TEST 32MB 179 214 B10 ERROR NO DRAM DETECTED 179 214 B11 ERROR RAM TEST FAILED 180 214 B12 ERROR PROGRAM MISSING 180 214 B13 ERROR NOT COMPATIBLE 180 214 B19 ERROR DC RETURNED 180 214 B20 STATUS 00 DOWNLOAD MODE 180 214 B21 STATUS PRINTER RESET 180 215 B22 ERROR DECOMPRESS SIZE 180 215 B23 ERROR DECOMPRESS CKSUM 180 215 B30 STATUS INITIALZING 180 215 B35 STATUS WAITING FOR EC STATUS 181 215 B40 ERROR SDRAMEE PROM CKSUM BAD 181 215 B41 ERROR DIM MEMORY NOT SDRAM 181 215 B42 ERROR SDRAM ROWS NOT ALLOWED 181 215 B43 ERROR SDRAM TOO MANY BANKS 181 215 B44 ERROR SDRAM NOT 64 BITS WIDE 181 216 B45 ERROR SDRAM IS WRONG VOLTAGE 181 216 B46 ERROR SDRAM HAS MIXED
35. 3 _ Integrated Print Management System Ribbon Tab 2 Ribbon Cartridge Ribbon Tension Knob Tab Slot 2 28 84 Air Shroud Assembly Figure 20 Installing the Ribbon Cartridge 5 Remove the ribbon slack on the new ribbon cartridge by turning the ribbon tension knob clockwise CAUTION Do not turn the ribbon tension knob counterclockwise This could damage the ribbon cartridge 6 Hold the cartridge at an angle so that the rear side nearest you is lower than the side with the ribbon Find the two tabs on the outside of the cartridge and place them into the corresponding slots on the air shroud assembly see Figure 20 42 Changing Ribbon Cartridge Ribbon Cartridge Ribbon Mask Hammerbank Cover Ribbon ezleesl Ribbon Tension Knob Ribbon Cartridge Figure 21 The Ribbon Cartridge Snapped in Place 7 Rock the cartridge downward making sure that the ribbon goes between the guide and the mask see Figure 21 You will feel it snap into place CAUTION Make sure that the ribbon does not twist or fold over 8 Turn the ribbon tension knob clockwise a few times to make sure the ribbon tracks correctly in the ribbon path 9 Close the platen lever 10 Close the printer top cover 11 Press the I ON LINE CLEAR key twice to return the printer to operation 43 Chapter 3 _ Integrated Print Management System 44 4 The Configuration Menus Configuration Overvi
36. 860 Greek 8859 7 Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO Arabic Lam 1 CP 1048 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO Arabic Lam 2 Polish POL1 Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO Lith CP 773 Serbo Croatic 1 Serbo Croatic 2 CP 774 CP 775 ISO 8859 4 Hebrew Turkish Misc UTF 8 Sets Sets Sets Hebrew Old Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi Hebrew New DEC Turkish Italics Set Hebrew DEC IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Latin 1 Hebrew Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set Win CP 1255 PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish 101 Chapter 4 102 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Character Set Serial from page 101 Standard Sets IBM PC Multinational ECMA Latin 1 DEC Mult CP 858 EURO Primary Subset ASCII USA Primary Subset ASCII USA ASCII USA EBCDIC ASCII USA French French German German German Swedish English English Danish Norw Danish Danish Norwegian Swedish Swedish Finnish Italian Italian English Spanish Spanish Dutch Japanese Japanese French French Canadian French Canadian Spanish Dutch Latin American Italian Finnish Norwegian Turkish Swiss Danish II Japanese Spanish II Extended Subset Latin Am II Multinational Extended Subset Code Page 437 Code Page 850 Barcod
37. 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO 11 Turkish Arabic Lam 1 CP 1048 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO 12 CP 437 Arabic Lam 2 Polish POL1 13 CP 850 Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO Lith CP 773 Serbo Croatic 1 Serbo Croatic 2 CP 774 CP 775 ISO 8859 4 Hebrew Turkish Misc Sets Sets Sets Hebrew Old Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi Hebrew New DEC Turkish Italics Set Hebrew DEC IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Latin 1 Hebrew Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set Win CP 1255 PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish UNIS 1 Turkish Code Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri ADVANCED USER PRINTER CONTROL PRINTER CONTROL from page 58 and 59 Factory Default 1 Available for Pedestal printers only 2 Available for N7000 STD Firmware only 3 Default value for H Series printers Ribbon End Open Platen Point BOF Bar Code Quality 2 Tear Bar Dist 1 View Function 1 Unidirectional Darker 6 Darker 5 Disable Enable Dark Draft 7 46 inches 4 5 10 5 Disable Enable Disable Enable Darker 4 Darker 3 Darker 2 Darker 1 Normal Lighter 1 Lighter 2 Lighter 3 Lighter 4 Lighter 5 Lighter 6 Lighter 7 3 Lighter 8 Lighter 9 Lighter 10 Display Language
38. 9F Character Set Specifies a character set as shown in the Serial Matrix Character Set Menu on page 101 To use one of these sets choose the desired group heading such as European Sets and press ENTER Then choose the desired set within that group such as Roman 8 and press ENTER Both the group and the desired set will be starred to indicate your selection Character sets are shown in detail in the Character Sets Reference Manual ESC d command e Even dot plot default Interprets the ESC d command as even dot plot e Double high Interprets the ESC d Command as double high Select this option for backward compatibility 100 Character Set from page 98 Serial Matrix Character Set Menu Serial Matrix Emulation Factory Default UNIS 1 Turkish Code Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets see page 102 ASMO 449 Cyrillic 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 PC 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek Sakr CP714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page
39. BANK FAN FLT 198 HOO PCI SLOT 196 234 H01 PCI J12 197 234 H02 PCI J13 197 234 ILL EXT BUS ACC 198 ILLGL OPR ACCSS 198 INCOMPAT E NET 198 INTAKE FAN CHECK 235 INTAKE FAN FAULT 198 INTERRUPT UNUSED VECTOR 00 198 235 LO DRV SHORT 198 LOAD PAPER 198 LOADING PROGRAM FROM PORT XX 199 235 LOADING PROGRAM INTO FLASH 199 235 NEW SPX DETECTED 199 235 NON VOLATILE MEMORY FAILED 199 236 ON LINE 199 236 PAP BAD TABLE 199 PAP BSY TOO LNG 199 PAP FIFO OVERFL 199 PAP FIFO UNDRFL 199 PAP ILLGL ST 200 PAP INCMPL ENER 200 PAP INVLD CMD 200 PAP INVLD PARM 200 PAP NOT SCHED 200 PAP NT AT SPEED 200 PAP UNEXP INT 200 PARITY ERROR 200 PLAT INV CMD 200 PLAT INV PARM 200 PLAT INV STATE 200 PLEASE WAIT RESET IN PROGRESS 200 236 POWERSUPPLY HOT 201 PRINTER HOT 201 PRINTER UNDER REMOTE CONTROL 201 236 PROTECTED INSTR 201 PWRSUPP VOLT 201 RBN AT END POINT 201 REGIONx MISMATCH 201 REMOVE USED SPX 201 236 RESTORING BOOT CODE 201 236 RIB INVLD CMD 201 RIBBON DRIVE 202 RIBBON STALL 202 RIBBON UNDER 2 202 RWP DOWNLOAD 202 SECURITY KEY NOT DETECTED 202 236 SECURITY VIOLATION 202 236 SENDING PROGRAM TO EC PROCESSOR 202 236 SHTL MISMATCH 202 SHUTL INV CMD 202 SHUTL INV PARM 202 SHUTL OVR SPEED 203 SHUTTLE JAM 203 SHUTTLE STALL 203 SHUTTLE TYPE NOT SUPPORTED 203 SOFTWARE ERROR CYCLE POWER 2
40. Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Open Platen BOF Bottom of Form PRINTER CONTROL 146 283 Operating modes 21 Operational procedures cancel a print job 26 reload paper 27 unload paper 36 Optimized Ratio 126 Optimizing print quality 55 Optimizing print speed 56 Output Darkness 39 Overstrike 92 Serial Matrix Emulation 99 Overview printer models 9 P Page Format 89 Hanzi LP Emulation 115 PAP BAD TABLE message 199 PAP BSY TOO LNG message 199 PAP FIFO OVERFL message 199 PAP FIFO UNDRFL message 199 PAP ILLGL ST message 200 PAP INCMPL ENER message 200 PAP INVLD CMD message 200 PAP INVLD PARM message 200 PAP NOT SCHED message 200 PAP NT AT SPEED message 200 PAP UNEXP INT message 200 Paper reload 27 unload 36 PAPER ADVANCE key 23 Paper Empty PE Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Paper Instruction PI Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Paper Out Dots DIAGNOSTICS 156 Paper specifications 239 Parallel Interface Centronics 162 Dataproducts 160 284 Parameter settings changing 45 saving 45 Parameters changing example 47 Parity Error Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 PARITY ERROR message 200 Parity Serial submenu 77 PDF Size Comp 140 PGL SFCC 61 123 PI Control 142 Host PI 142 Max PI 16 143 Printer PI 142 PI Ignored Centronics Parallel submenu 69 Dataproducts
41. Font BS 6 0 LPI char 09 HT HS Print VFU Select Upr Case Slew Select Relative char 02 STX EVFU Disable 1 15 lines char 03 ETX DVFU Enable 1 16 lines char 09 HT CVFU Disable Control Code 06 Control Code 06 defines the function of ASCII code hex 06 ACK You can select an alternate line spacing of 6 8 or 10 3 LPI Define CR Code This option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Carriage Return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex 0A into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not insert an extra line feed after each carriage return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra line feed after each carriage return The next print position will be print position 1 of the next line Auto LF This option defines the printer action when print data is received past the forms width setting e Disable default Discards any data past the forms width e Enable Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width 96 P Series XQ Emulation Define LF Code e LF CR LF default Forces an automatic carriage return with each line feed command received The next print position is print position 1 of the next line e LF LLF Does not perform an automatic carriage return when
42. No action is required DOWNLOAD MODE informing the operator that software is being downloaded Percentage figure indicates approximate amount loaded into the printer B21 STATUS No Status message No action is required PRINTER RESET informing the operator that the printer is undergoing a system reset B22 ERROR No FLASH memory has not Cycle power to see if the message DECOMPRESS SIZE passed boot initialization clears if not contact your tests authorized service representative 1 B23 ERROR No FLASH memory has not Cycle power to see if the message DECOMPRESS passed boot initialization clears if not contact your CKSUM tests authorized service representative B30 STATUS N A Status message the No action is required INITIALIZING printer is running its 180 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting P Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio B35 STATUS N A Status message the DC Cycle power to see if the message WAITING FOR EC on the controller board is clears if not contact your STATUS waiting for authorized service representative communication with the EC If this message does not clear witin a few seconds there is an electrical or electronic problem on the controller board B40 ERROR SDRAM No Flash memory has not Cycle power to see if the message EEPROM CKSUM pa
43. Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri Character Set P Series from page 94 P Series Emulation Standard Sets IBM PC Multinational ECMA Latin 1 DEC Mult CP 858 EURO Primary Subset ASCII USA Primary Subset ASCII USA ASCII USA EBCDIC ASCII USA French French German German German Swedish English English Danish Norw Danish Danish Norwegian Swedish Swedish Finnish Italian Italian English Spanish Spanish Dutch Japanese Japanese French French Canadian French Canadian Spanish Dutch Latin American Italian Finnish Norwegian Turkish Swiss Danish II Japanese Spanish II Extended Subset Latin Am II Multinational Extended Subset Code Page 437 Code Page 850 Barcode 10 cpi Mult DP 10 cpi Mult DP 12 cpi Mult LQ 10 cpi Greek DP 10 cpi Greek DP 12 cpi Greek LQ 10 cpi Grap DP 10 cpi Grap LQ 10 cpi Sci DP 10 cpi Sci DP 12 cpi Sci LQ 10 cpi 95 Chapter 4 Printer Protocol from page 86 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD P Series XQ Emulation Factory Default P Series XQ Control Code Define CR Auto LF Define LF Compressed Elong Alt 06 Code Code Font 8 0 LPI CR CR Disable LF CR LF char01SOH Elng BS Font SO 10 3 LPI CR CR LF_ Enable LF LF char 03 ETX Elng SO
44. Paper Instruction Pl 163 Prime 163 Centronics Parallel submenu 69 Auto Trickle 70 Buffer Size in K 70 Busy On Strobe 70 Data Bit 8 69 Data Polarity 69 Latch Data On 70 PI Ignored 69 Prime Signal 70 Resp Polarity 70 TOF Action 70 Trickle Time 71 Changing parameter settings 45 Changing parameters example 47 Changing Ribbon Cartridge 41 Character Set 93 118 ASCII 245 Epson FX Emulation 107 Proprinter XL Emulation 104 Serial Matrix Emulation 100 Characteristics environmental 240 Cleaning exterior 173 interior 174 Cleaning requirements 173 CLEAR key 23 CLEAR PAPER JAM message 182 Clear to Send CTS RS 232 169 CLEARING PROGRAM FROM FLASH message 182 216 CLOSE PLATEN message 182 COIL HOT message 182 Compatbl Mode 129 Compatibility Mode IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface 164 Compliance Energy Star 241 Component locations printer 19 Compressed CPI 128 Compressed Print P Series XQ Emulation 97 Configurations custom 46 default 46 overview 45 saving 50 Configuration Auto Save 50 CONFIG CONTROL menu 64 Delete Config 65 Load Config 64 Name Configs 65 Power Up Config 65 Print Config 64 Protect Configs 65 Reset Cfg Names 65 Save Config 64 Contact information 13 Control Code 06 91 P Series XQ Emulation 96 Serial Matrix Emulation 99 Control Control Code 08 91 Control panel 22 Control panel keys CANCEL 24 CLEAR 23 EN
45. Printronix Inc does not warrant that the functions contained in the Software will meet your requirements or that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free Printronix Inc reserves the right to make changes and or improvements in the Software without notice at any time 2 INNO EVENT WILL PRINTRONIX INC BE LIABLE FOR LOST PROFITS LOST DATA BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS PRODUCT EVEN IF PRINTRONIX INC HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE ABUSE OR MANIPULATION OF THE SOFTWARE SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 3 Printronix Inc will not be liable for any loss or damage caused by delay in furnishing a Software Product or any other performance under this Agreement 4 Our entire liability and your exclusive remedies for our liability of any kind including liability for negligence except liability for personal injury caused solely by our negligence for the Software Product covered by this Agreement and all other performance or nonperformance by us under or related to this Agreement are limited to the remedies specified by this Agreement 5 California law governs this Agreement Termination of License Agreement This License shall c
46. SIZES 181 216 B47 ERROR SDRAM LARGER THAN 256M 181 216 B49 ERROR SDRAM LOGICAL BANKS 181 216 B50 ERROR SDRAM LOGIC COMB BANKS 181 216 B50 XX CLEAR FLASH 182 B51 XX LOADING 182 216 B53 ERROR 12C NO ARBITRATION 182 216 B54 ERROR SDA LINE STUCK LOW 182 216 B55 STATUS SEND PROGRAM TO EC 182 CLEAR PAPER JAM 182 CLEARING PROGRAM FROM FLASH 182 216 CLOSE PLATEN 182 COIL HOT 182 CRTG COMM ERR 183 CRTG MISSING 183 CRTG NOT SETx 183 CTL VOLT FAIL 183 DIAGNOSTIC PASSED 184 217 DO NOT POWER OFF 184 217 DP FIFO Busy 184 DRVR CIR BAD 184 D50 STATUS XxX Clearing Flash 183 217 D51 STATUS XX Programming 183 217 D55 STATUS Send Program to EC 183 217 ERROR CPLD NOT PROGRAMMED 193 232 ERROR DC PROGRAM NOT VALID 194 232 ERROR DRAM AT ADDRESS XXXXXXXX 194 232 ERROR EC PROGRAM NOT VALID 194 232 ERROR EC STOPPED AT STATE XXXX 194 232 ERROR FLASH DID NOT PROGRAM 194 232 ERROR FLASH NOT DETECTED 194 232 ERROR LOCKED SN nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 194 233 ERROR NO DRAM DETECTED 194 233 ERROR NVRAM FAILURE 194 233 ERROR OCCURRED FLUSHING QUEUES 193 194 233 ERROR PRINTER TYPE 195 234 ERROR PROGRAM NEEDS MORE DRAM 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NEEDS MORE FLASH 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NOT COMPATIBLE 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NOT VALID 195 233 ERROR SECURITY KEY NOT DETECTED 195 233 ERROR SHORT AT ADDRESS XXXX 195 233 ERROR WRITING TO FLASH 195 233 ERROR WRONG
47. The plus symbol represents key combinations Example PressA V means press the A UP key and the V DOWN key at the same time Chapter 1 Warnings and Special Information Warnings and Special Information WARNING CAUTION IMPORTANT Read and comply with all information highlighted under special headings A warning notice calls attention to a condition that could harm you A caution notice calls attention to a condition that could damage the printer Information vital to proper operation of the printer NOTE A note gives you helpful tips about printer operation and maintenance Related Documents e Quick Reference Guide Explains how to set up the printer for basic operation load ribbon cartridge and media and clear paper jams e Maintenance Manual Explains how to maintain and repair the line matrix printer at the field service level of maintenance e Character Sets Reference Manual Information about and examples of the character sets available in line matrix printers e IGP PGL Programmer s Reference Manual Provides information used with the optional IGP Printronix emulation enhancement feature e IGP VGL Programmer s Reference Manual Provides information used with the optional Code V emulation enhancement feature e Integrated Network Interface Card User s Manual Information about network protocols configuration and operation e LinePrinter Plus Programmer s Ref
48. a Feature File has been downloaded 7 Available for Zero Tear Pedestal printer only N7000 H Series Firmware N7000 H Series Firmware OFFLINE QUICK ZTP CONFIG HOST NETWORK EMULATION SETUP SETTINGS 2 CONTROL INTERFACE SETUP page 60 page 255 page 64 page 66 page 81 page 109 Host Interface ZTP Data Time Load Config Ethernet Ethernet Address LinePrinter Ethernet Address ZTP Wait Time Save Config Auto Switching Ethernet Params Printer Protocol ZTP Data Time 2 ZTP Tear Distance Print Config Centronics LQ 1600K ZTP Wait Time ZTP Function Delete Config Dataproducts OKI ZTP TearDistance ZTP Platen Open Power Up Config Serial Graphic Spd Up Protect Configs IEEE 1284 Typeface Name Configs DBCS CPI Reset Cfg Names Select LPI Auto Save DBCS ASCII Style DBCS ASCII Mode Ribbon End Point Reset Cmd CFG Ld Load Config Save Config Power Up Config PRINTER ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS PRINTER CONTROL USER MGMT page 145 page 148 page 155 page 158 Ribbon End Point Ptx Setup Option Printer Tests PNE Port Open Platen BOF Tear Bar Dist View Function 3 Unidirectional Display Language Accented Chars Hex Dump Mode Power Up State Downloaded Fonts PMD Fault Power Stacker Auto Elevator 1 Auto Locking File System Set Sharing Shuttle Timeout Slow Paper Slew Alarm Test Width Paper Out Dots System Memory
49. and the key functions as described below If in a fault state this key will be ignored e View Function for cabinet models pressing the VIEW EJECT key moves the last data printed to the tractor area for viewing While in the view state the message Printer in View displays pressing the UP or DOWN arrow keys moves the paper up or down in 1 72 inch increments This is done to align the image within a pre printed form for example Refer to the UP and DOWN key functions for additional details on the microstep feature Pressing VIEW EJECT a second time moves the paper back to the adjusted print position e Eject Function for pedestal models when the VIEW EJECT key is pressed the bottom of the last printed form will move to the tear bar position The message READY TO TEAR EJECT To Return displays While in this position pressing the UP or DOWN arrow keys moves the paper up or down in 1 72 inch increments Refer to the Up and Down key functions for additional details on the microstep feature When the VIEW EJECT key is pressed a second time the printer will move the paper to enable printing on the next available form 23 Chapter 3 24 The Control Panel x CANCEL In offline mode this key cancels all data in the print buffer if enabled in the ADVANCED USER menu see page 148 The print buffer is cleared without printing any of the data and the current paper position is set as the top of form If this function
50. as a function of the current cpi characters per inch The forms width set should not exceed the actual paper width Margins e Left Margin Set in columns Column zero is defined as the far left edge of the page and column numbering increments from left to right e Right Margin Set in columns Column zero is defined as the far right edge of the page and column numbering increments from right to left Bottom Margin Defined in lines starting from line zero at the bottom of the page and incrementing from the bottom up Perforation Skip e Disable default Allows printing on page perforation e 1 2 inch 2 3 inch 5 6 inch 1 inch You may set up a skip over margin of 1 2 inch 2 3 inch 5 6 inch or 1 inch For example a skip over margin of 1 inch allows a 1 inch margin at the bottom of the page 89 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Print Char Set When this selection is displayed and the ENTER key is pressed the current character set is printed Reset Cmd CFG Ld When the printer receives a host data stream reset command ESC or ESC K in addition to resetting printer variables the selected configuration is loaded e Disable default The active emulation parameters are loaded when the reset command is executed e Power Up Config The power up configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed e Current Config The currently selected configuration is loaded when the reset command is
51. authorized service OPTIONS ENABLED to use the SPX to turn on representative printer options that are already enabled STACK OVERFLOW No Firmware error on Contact your authorized service controller board representative STACK UNDERFLOW No Firmware error on the Contact your authorized service controller board representative STACKER FAULT Yes Stacker is not functioning Check for obstructions in the correctly stacker area If fault persists contact your authorized service representative STACKER FULL Yes Status message the Unload the stacker If fault persists power paper stacker is contact your authorized service full of paper representative 203 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual not detected Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio STACKER JAM Yes This message is 1 Open the cabinet rear door and triggered if there is paper check for obstructions preventing inside the throat of the elevator movement Remove any stacker elevator but the obstructions elevator is not moving 2 Run the print job again If the message appears again contact your authorized service representative TABLE MISMATCH No Indicates that the Contact your authorized service DOWNLOAD AGAIN software update has representative failed and should be reloaded TCB CO
52. call your authorized service representative N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 8 5V PWR FAIL No 8 5 Volt power failed Contact your authorized service Internal power failure representative 15V CTL FAIL No Controller voltage failure Contact your authorized service representative 23 5V CTL FAIL No 23 5 Volt Controller Contact your authorized service failed a voltage failure on representative the controller board 48V CIRCUIT No Either the power supply is Contact your authorized service See User Manual not generating a proper representative 48 Volts or the controller board is not detecting a 48 Volt output from the power supply board 48V PWR FAIL No Internal power failure Contact your authorized service representative A TO D OVERUN No Analog to Digital Contact your authorized service Overrun The analog to representative digital converter overflowed ACCESS NULL PTR No Access Null Pointer The Contact your authorized service processor tried to access representative a pointer that contains nothing null BOO STATUS SDRAM No Status message the No action required DETECTION 166MHZ printer has begun its boot up routines and is checking for the presence of SDRAM BO1 STATU
53. dusty area or is used for heavy duty printing clean it more often Disconnect the power source before cleaning the printer Vor dem S ubern des Druckers ist die Netzverbindung zu unterbrechen D branchez l alimentation avant de nettoyer l imprimante Desconecte la fuente de energ a antes de limpiar la impresora Staccare la fonte di energia prima della pulitura della stampante Exterior Cleaning Clean the outside of the cabinet with a soft lint free cloth and mild detergent soap Dishwashing liquid works well Do not use abrasive powders or chemical solvents Clean the windows with plain water or mild window cleaner Always apply the cleaning solution to the cloth never pour cleaning solution directly onto the printer 173 Chapter 7 _ Cleaning Requirements Interior Cleaning Over time particles of paper and ink accumulate inside the printer This is normal Paper dust and ink build up must be periodically removed to avoid degraded print quality Most paper dust accumulates around the ends of the platen and ribbon path Ribbon Cartridge Tab 2 Ribbon S A ae Tractor 2 OF Tension Knob Blue Tractor Lock 2 Splined Shaft Hammer Bank Cover and Paper Ribbon Mask Support 2 Tab Slot 2 eLL8esL Vertical Position Knob Platen Lever Platen Stop Ribbon Cartridge Interface Air Shroud Assembly Figure 25 Interior Printer Components 174 CAUTION CAUTION I
54. for communication your authorized service with the EC If this message representative does not clear witin a few seconds there is an electrical or electronic problem on the controller board B40 ERROR SDRAM No Flash memory has not Cycle power to see if the EEPROM CKSUM passed boot initialization message Clears if not contact BAD tests your authorized service representative B41 ERROR DIM No The DRAM DIMM installed Cycle power to see if the MEMORY NOT on the controller board is not message clears if not contact SDRAM Synchronous DRAM your authorized service SDRAM representative B42 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the ROWS NOT tests detect incorrect message clears if not contact ALLOWED SDRAM your authorized service representative B43 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the TOO MANY BANKS tests detect incorrect SDRAM message clears if not contact your authorized service representative 215 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting PROGRAM FROM FLASH software successfully loaded into printer RAM and the checksum matched The old program is now being deleted from flash memory s Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio B44 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see
55. getting the next byte of data from the host The Trickle Time value should be less than the host time out value but not too much shorter or else the printer fills up its buffer too fast Offline Process e Disable the default When set to disable the printer does not process parallel network data while offline e Enable When set to enable the printer continues to process but not print the current network parallel job while the printer is offline until the printer s buffer is full ETHERNET ADDRESS NETWORK SETUP Menu NETWORK SETUP from page 58 and 59 ETHERNET ETHERNET ADDRESS PARAMS See page 81 See page 82 ETHERNET ADDRESS ETHERNET Factory Default ADDRESS from page 81 IP Address Subnet Gateway MAC DHCP Mask Address Address XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX hhhhhhhhhhhh Disable Enable IP Address A numeric address such as 123 45 61 23 which identifies a printer or server in a LAN or WAN Subnet Mask A binary value used to divide IP networks into smaller subnetworks or subnets This mask is used to help determine whether IP packets need to be forwarded to other subnets Gateway Address A gateway address is the IP address of a hardware device gateway that translates data between two incompatible networks which can include protocol translation MAC Address This menu item is the Manufacturer s
56. if the NOT 64 BITS WIDE tests detect incorrect message clears if not contact SDRAM your authorized service representative B45 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the IS WRONG VOLTAGE tests detect incorrect message clears if not contact SDRAM your authorized service representative B46 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the HAS MIXED SIZES tests detect incorrect message Clears if not contact SDRAM your authorized service representative B47 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the LARGER THAN 256M tests detect incorrect message clears if not contact SDRAM your authorized service representative B49 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the LOGICAL BANKS tests detect incorrect message clears if not contact SDRAM your authorized service representative B50 ERROR SDRAM No SDRAM DIMM is not Cycle power to see if the LOGIC COMB BANKS compatible with the message Clears if not contact computer SDRAM DIMM your authorized service may not be properly representative installed B51 STATUS XX No Status message printer No action required LOADING boot up routines are loading printer system software into flash memory and SDRAM B53 ERROR 12C NO No There is a problem on the Cycle power to see if the ARBITRATION I2C bus which allows the message Clears if not contact SDRAM DIMM to your authorized s
57. is stored and a scale is printed to indicate the current tear off position The default value is 1060 NOTE When a new value is selected the printer will lose the current print position You must reset the top of form to automatically save the new value ZTP Data Time This option sets the pause time in the data stream that the ZTP requires before moving the form to the tear bar once a print job is completed The values range from 5 to 15 seconds The default is 5 seconds ZTP Wait Time This option sets the minimum amount of time that the form stays at the tear bar This allows you time to remove the form before the form is retracted to print the next form The adjustable values range from 1 to 10 seconds in increments of 1 second The default value is 2 seconds 255 Appendix C Performance Limitations ZTP Platen Open This option allows the user to have the platen open whenever forms are reversed Enabled is the default used for most papers and labels The feature can be disabled as required by some multi part forms Performance Limitations Forms Type The paper feed tractors on the ZT printer push the paper up through the print station instead of pulling it through as in the standard pedestal printer This limits the variety of forms the ZT printer can use If the forms do not fall within the range specified in Table 14 dot compression and line separation may occur The user should match the media to the applicatio
58. maintaining a count of impressions dots that is stored on the ribbon cartridge and updated periodically so that the cartridge can be used on a different printer with the information intact This allows the system administrator to have precise control over print quality and consumable costs The accurate presentation of available ribbon life allows for efficient planning of print jobs For example if the displayed ribbon life were low you can install a new ribbon before printing a large print job Output Darkness By default the system is configured to meet most user requirements However some applications require that the output remains darker than the nominal set point while some applications are less critical and could tolerate a lighter final image The system can easily adjust to this variability A setting under the Printer Control menu is available that allows the user to adjust the final output The range is as follows Normal Default Darker 1 through 6 Lighter 1 through 10 The ribbon life indicator always cycles between 100 and 0 but if a darker setting is selected zero will be reached more quickly If a lighter setting is selected the system will extend the amount of printing it takes to reach zero 39 Chapter 3 _ Integrated Print Management System Loading a Used Ribbon Cartridge You can take the ribbon cartridge off the printer and reload it at a later time The ribbon life gauge automatically updates to
59. match the settings of the attached host 414 RIBBON STALL Yes The controller board does Check the ribbon path for jams not detect ribbon movement Turn the Ribbon Tension Knob clockwise a few rotations If necessary install a new ribbon 415 SHUTTLE JAM Yes No shuttle movement or Check for obstruction to shuttle shuttle moving at the wrong a twisted ribbon or platen lever speed closed too tightly If fault source is not apparent contact your authorized service representative 416 STACKER FULL Yes Status message the power Unload the stacker If fault paper stacker is full of paper persists contact your authorized service representative 417 STACKER JAM Yes This message is triggered if 1 Open the cabinet rear door there is paper inside the and check for obstructions throat of the stacker preventing elevator movement elevator but the elevator is Remove any obstructions not moving 2 Run the print job again If the message appears again contact your authorized service representative 418 RBN INK LOW Yes Status message indicating Install a new ribbon Change RBN Soon the Integrated Print Management System is enabled and ribbon ink level is 2 419 RBN INK OUT Yes Integrated Print Install a new ribbon Install New RBN Management System software has determined that the ribbon is out of ink 420 EXC RBN WEAR Yes Status message that Install a new ribbon Install New RBN displays when ribbon reaches end of life whether the I
60. problem in the PCI bus Displayed Message Bene Explanation Solution ETHERNET No Status message the No action is required INITIALIZING internal Network Interface Card is processing the boot procedure May occur with older versions of microcode EXCESS RBN WEAR Yes Status message that Install a new ribbon Install New RBN displays when ribbon reaches end of life whether the Integrated Print Management System is enabled or not EXHAUST FAN FLT Yes Sensors cannot detect Power off the printer and remove Cabinet model only current in fan circuit the paper path see Maintenance Manual Check that the fan cable connector is connected Check for obstruction of vents and fan airway and remove any obstructions Check for items beneath the printer blocking cabinet vents Power back on the printer If this message appears again contact your authorized service representative FIRMWARE ERROR No Application software tried Contact your authorized service to perform an illegal representative printer function or damaged memory detected on the controller board FRAMING ERROR Yes The printed output may Make a configuation printout Set contain random printer serial interface parameters to exclamation point match host configuration settings characters for Data Protocol Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity Data Terminal Ready and Request to Send HOO PCI SLOT No The controller board is Contact your authorized service repre
61. spaces extends beyond the right side of the form The options include e Enable default e Disable True Vert 1 10 e Disable default A vertical 1 10 of an inch parameter is used as 7 72 of an inch The absolute move is slightly smaller than expected For example a one inch move would be 70 72 of an inch Vertical moves that have the same value are identical in length e Enable A vertical 1 10 inch parameter is used as 1 10 inch Rounding occurs to the nearest 1 72 inch This can cause vertical moves that have the same value to differ by 1 72 inch Absorb After PY e Absorb Motion default The first paper motion following a PY command is ignored e Absorb All The system ignores all the data and terminator until a host generated motion terminator is detected Disable System terminators following a graphics command are sent to the printer and result in paper motion UPC Descenders e Enable default UPC EAN barcodes are printed with descenders even if there is no human readable data e Disable UPC EAN barcodes are printed without descenders if there is no human readable data Rot Char Size e Adjusted default Rotated clockwise counterclockwise expanded characters have a different size than an unrotated character with the same size parameters e Not Adjusted Rotated expanded characters are the same size as unrotated characters with the same size parameters 137 Chapter 4 138 IGP VGL
62. the emulation to be used with your printer You can configure options for the active emulation via the EMULATION menu Emulation options are further described in their corresponding Programmer s Reference Manual NOTE This menu displays when LQ 1600K is selected under Printer Protocol Factory Default 1 Available for GB firmware when the OKI emulation is enabled 2 Available with BIGS firmware EMULATION from page 59 LinePrinter Printer CPI LPI Host Font Protocol Select Command Attributes LQ 1600K Select CPI Ignore All Typeface DBCS ASCII STYLE see page 116 10 0 CPI Disable LQ Normal OKI 12 0 CPI Enable Near LQ Oversize see page 117 13 3 CPI Ignore CPI Normal OCRB 15 0 CPI Disable Hi Speed Text Position 17 1 CPI Enable Super Hi Speed Bottom of Line 20 0 CPI Ignore LPI Ultra Hi Speed Top of Line Select LPI Disable Styling Type Compressed Mode 6 0 LPI Enable SONG Disable 8 0 LPI Ignore Unidir MING 2 Enable DBCS CPI Enable High Density DBCS Compressed 5 0 CPI Disable Disable Disable 6 0 CPI Enable Enable 6 7 CPI Prop Spacing Encoding 7 5 CPI Disable Enable Address Table Others CPI Bold Print UTF 8 Disable Enable Taller 15 CPI Italic Print Disable Disable Enable Forward Slant Horizontal Expnd Backward Slant 24 pt size Slashed Zero 24 72 pt size Disable Enable Vertical Expnd
63. the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above 267 Appendix E 268 Software License Agreement The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distrib
64. to Program the Security Key Power off the printer 2 On cabinet models open the rear door On pedestal models refer to Figure 24 to locate the debug port at the rear of the printer 3 Insert the SPX into the debug port as shown 171 Chapter 6 Reprogramming the Security Key azavest Debug Port SPX Figure 24 Inserting The SPX into the Debug Port 172 Power on the printer The printer will begin its boot up sequence When the printer detects a valid SPX the control panel displays NEW SPX DETECTED PRESS ENTER NOTE If an error message displays find the message in the Message List in 6 10 11 Chapter 7 and follow the troubleshooting instructions Press the ENTER key to activate the reprogramming sequence The display will read PROGRAMMING PLEASE WAIT When the security key is reprogrammed the display will read REMOVE USED SPX THEN PRESS ENTER Remove the SPX from the debug port at the rear of the printer Press the ENTER key The printer will reboot itself and you may resume normal printing You may need to download a new program file to use the new feature You may need to set additional menu parameters for any new features that have been added or enabled 7 Troubleshooting Cleaning Requirements WARNING Clean the printer every six months or after every 1000 hours of operation whichever occurs first If the printer is located in a
65. to state or imply that only that Printronix product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any Printronix intellectual property rights may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non Printronix product program or service Printronix may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents You can send license inquires in writing to Printronix Inc 15345 Barranca Parkway Irvine CA 92618 U S A The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law PRINTRONIX PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication Printronix may make improvements and or changes in the product s described i
66. when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Carriage Return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex OA into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends Line Feeds to the printer e CR CR Does not insert an extra Line Feed after each Carriage Return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra Line Feed after each Carriage Return Auto LF This option defines the printer actions when print data is received past the forms width setting e Enable Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width e Disable Discards any data past the forms width 117 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series Define LF Code The Define LF Code option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Line Feed code hex OA from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Line Feed it inserts an additional Carriage Return code hex OD into the data stream This feature can be used in most installations but it is required if the host computer does not send Carriage Returns to the printer e LF CR LF Adds an extra Carriage Return with each Line Feed e LF LLF Does not add a Carriage Return with a Line Feed Printer Select e Disable Ignores the ASCII DC1 and DC3 control codes e Enable Disables the printer when a DC1 control code is rec
67. will be print position 1 of the next line Define LF Line Feed Code This parameter forces the printer to insert an automatic Carriage Return code into the data stream whenever a Line Feed code occurs This can be used in most installations but it is required if the host computer does not send carriage returns to the printer e LF LLF default Does not perform an automatic carriage return The next print position will be the current print position of the next line e LF CR LF Performs an automatic carriage return The next print position will be print position 1 of the next line Autowrap This parameter determines if text will wrap to the next line when the line of text exceeds the right margin e Disable default Truncates the text beyond the right margin until a CR or CR LF is received e Enable Automatically inserts a CR LF after a full print line PGL SFCC You can specify which hex code 1 255 will be used as the Special Function Control Code SFCC The factory default setting is 126 The SFCC denotes that the following data is a PGL command PI Slew Range You can specify how many lines the paper will feed e 16 default A paper slew of 0 15 will move 1 16 lines e 15 A paper slew of 1 15 will move 1 15 lines A paper slew of 0 will move 1 line 123 Chapter 4 124 IGP PGL Emulation CR Edit This parameter determines if a carriage return will be followed by a line feed e Disable de
68. will read Verification failed Start over at step 2 6 After entering the new lock combination successfully press the ON LINE key to put the printer back online NOTE The new lock combination will remain even if the printer is powered off and back on Job Sel Typeface On Allows you to customize this key to either function as Job Select or Typeface Select e Job Select On default In offline mode JOB SELECT allows you to change the active configuration without having to navigate the configuration menu When pressed the display reads Load Config with the name or number of the currently loaded configuration Press JOB SELECT again until the configuration you want to load displays Press ENTER and Loading Saved Configuration displays The selected configuration is loaded into memory and becomes the active configuration Press ON LINE to return to online mode Typeface On Sets the typeface of the printer This key requires confirmation with the ENTER key Print Hist Log Prints the Font File Log Report if a custom font is downloaded 153 Chapter 4 154 ADVANCED USER RBN Low Warn This option allows the user to select the Ribbon Life value at which point the printer will declare a ribbon low condition and display the RIBBON UNDER XX Change RBN Soon warning message The default is Under 2 See RBN Low Action below for details of how the printer behaves once a ribbon low conditi
69. 03 SPX FOUND ERROR KEY NOT DETECTED 203 236 SPX NOT NEEDED OPTIONS ENABLED 203 236 STACK OVERFLOW 203 STACK UNDERFLOW 203 STACKER FAULT 203 STACKER FULL 203 STACKER JAM 204 TABLE MISMATCH DOWNLOAD AGAIN 204 TCB CORRUPTED 204 TCP PORT BUSY 204 237 TIP MISMATCH 204 UNDEF INTERRUPT 204 UNDFNED OPCODE 204 UNKNOWN RBN1 204 UP DRV SHORT 204 WELD NOT DETECT 204 WELD RESET ERROR 205 WELD SNSR MISSING 205 000 SHUTTLE TYPE NOT SUPPORTED 206 104 POWERSUPPLY HOT 206 105 PRINTER HOT 206 15V PWR FAIL 179 23 5V PWR FAIL 179 401 BUFFER OVERRUN 206 402 CLEAR PAPER JAM 206 403 CLOSE PLATEN 206 409 FRAMING ERROR 206 410 LOAD PAPER 206 411 PARITY ERROR 207 414 RIBBON STALL 207 415 SHUTTLE JAM 207 416 STACKER FULL 207 417 STACKER JAM 207 418 RBN INK LOW 207 419 RBN INK OUT 207 420 EXC RBN WEAR 207 423 OLD RIBBON 207 424 UNKNOWN RBN1 208 425 UNKNOWN RBN2 208 427 CRTG MISSING 208 428 CRTG COMM ER 208 432 CRT NOT SET 208 435 NO WELD 208 437 REG MISSING 209 438 TIP MISMATCH 209 439 SHTL MISMATCH 209 440 RWP DOWNLOAD 209 48V CIRCUIT 179 48V PWR FAIL 179 601 15V PWR FAIL 209 279 602 23 5V PWR FAIL 209 604 48V CIRCUIT 209 605 48V PWR FAIL 209 606 Power 8 5V CHECK 209 607 CTL VOLT FAIL 209 608 DRIVER CIRCUIT BAD 209 609 EXHAUST FAN CHECK 210 613 HAM COIL BAD 210 614 HAMMER BANkK NOT INSTALLED 210 615 HAMMER FAN CHECK 210 617
70. 13 HAM COIL BAD No Hammer coil failed current Contact your authorized service etc test at power up representative 614 HAMMER BANK No Hammer Bank Not Installed Contact your authorized service NOT INSTALLED Self test routines do not representative detect hammer coils at printer start up 615 HAMMER FAN Yes Sensors cannot detect Check that fan cable is CHECK current in fan circuit connected Check for obstruction of vents and fan airway remove any obstructions Check for items beneath the printer blocking cabinet vents Power back on the printer If this message recurs contact your authorized service representative 617 LOWER DRIVER No Lower Driver Short Contact your authorized service SHORT Circuit s on the hammer representative bank or in the hammer bank power cable shorted to ground 619 PAPER FEED No Paper Feed Driver Circuit Contact your authorized service DRIVER CIRCUIT The paper feed driver circuit representative See Manual on the controller board is drawing too much current 620 POWER VOLT No Power Supply Voltage The Replace power supply board CHECK power supply has failed 622 SHUTTLE No The shuttle driver circuit on Contact your authorized service DRIVER CRCUIT the controller board is drawing too much current representative 210 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting
71. 17 PLAT INV CMD message 212 718 PLAT INV PARM message 212 719 PLAT INV STATE message 212 720 PROTECTED INSTRUCTION message 212 721 RIB INVLD CMD message 213 723 SHUTL INV CMD message 213 724 SHUTL INV PARM message 213 725 SHUTL OVER SPEED message 213 290 727 SOFTWARE ERROR message 213 728 STACK OVERFLOW message 213 729 STACK UNDERFLOW message 213 730 TCB CORRUPTED message 213 731 UNDEFINED INTERRUPT message 213 732 UNDEFINED OPCODE message 213 733 DP FIFO Busy message 214 8 5V PWR FAIL message 179 256169 001C
72. 20 CPI Condensed 118 MAC address Ethernet Address menu 81 Main Menu N7000 H Series Firmware 59 N7000 STD Firmware 58 Main menu 57 Maintenance 11 MAINT MISC menu Hex Dump Mode 149 Power Up State 149 PTX Setup Option 149 Manual conventions 11 related documents 12 special information 12 warnings 12 Max PI 16 143 Menu ACTIVE IGP EMUL 84 ADVANCED USER 148 CONFIG CONTROL 64 DIAGNOSTICS 155 EMULATION 84 HOST INTERFACE 66 IGP PGL Font Set 132 LQ 1600K LQ 1600K Menu 116 navigating 46 NETWORK SETUP 81 OKI OKI Menu 117 PRINTER CONTROL 145 PRINTER MGMT 158 Mgmt Port Number PRINTER MGMT 158 Mgmt Protocol PRINTER MGMT 158 Midline PY includes PN 138 MSI Check Digit 138 N Name Configs 65 Navigating the menus 46 NetBIOS protocol Ethernet Parameters menu 82 NETWORK SETUP menu 81 ETHERNET ADDRESS 81 ETHERNET PARAMS 82 NEW SPX DETECTED message 199 235 Nibble Mode IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface 164 noise level acoustic 241 NON VOLATILE MEMORY FAILED message 199 236 N7000 H Series Firmware Main Menu 59 N7000 H Series Fault Messages 206 N7000 H Series LinePrinter Emulation 109 N7000 STD ASCII Fault Messages 179 N7000 STD Firmware Main Menu 58 O Offline Process IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 80 Offpage Errors 141 ON LINE key 23 ON LINE message 199 236 One Char Enquiry Serial submenu 78 Online Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163
73. 3040 P6000 and P9000 Once a printer emulation is selected it remains active until the printer is turned off or another printer emulation is selected All new users with new applications should select the Disable option which insures the printer behaves as described in this manual The other compatibility modes are required to emulate the behaviors of older printers which may be inconsistent with the documented VGL functionality Proper use of this feature requires the printer to be equipped with high resolution hammer bank tips 12 mil 143 Chapter 4 Font Set from page 134 IGP VGL Emulation IGP VGL Font Set Menu Factory Default Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets 0 ASCII ASMO 449 Code Page 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek 1 German ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek 2 Swedish ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 3 Danish ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek 4 Norwegian MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek 5 Finnish MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 PC 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek 6 English Sakr CP 714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 7 Dutch Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 8 French CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page 860 Greek 8859 7 9 Spanish Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 10 Italian Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5
74. 43 SFCC amp Pwrup 136 IGP110 Compatbl 140 ILL EXT BUS ACC message 198 ILLGL OPR ACCSS message 198 INCOMPAT E NET message 198 INTAKE FAN CHECK message 235 INTAKE FAN FAULT message 198 Integrated Print Management System 39 Darker Print 40 Lighter Print 40 Interface Type Serial submenu 75 282 Interfaces printer 159 specifications 243 Interior cleaning 174 INTERRUPT UNUSED VECTOR 00 message 198 235 IP address Ethernet Address menu 81 125 Selection 138 J Job Control Ethernet Parameters menu 83 JOB SELECT key 24 Job Sel Typeface On ADVANCED USER menu 153 K Keep alive timer Ethernet Parameters menu 83 L Label specifications 240 Latch Data On Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts submenu 72 Lighter print Integrated Print Management System 40 LinePrinter Plus Emulation submenu Barcode x Offset 90 CPI LPI Select 87 Font Attributes 87 Host Command 87 Page Format 89 Print Char Set 90 Printer Protocol 87 Reset Cmd CFG Ld 90 Set Substitution 90 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series 109 LO DRV SHORT message 198 Load Config 64 LOAD PAPER message 198 LOADING PROGRAM FROM PORT XX message 199 235 LOADING PROGRAM INTO FLASH message 199 235 Loading Used Ribbon 40 LPI 136 LP Font 138 LQ 1600K Menu Alt Set 80 9F 118 AR3240 119 Auto LF 117 Character Set 118 Currency Sign 119 Define CR Code 117 Define LF Code 118 Printer Select 118
75. 61 62 63 64 65 b 67 68 69 6A 6B C 4D noparstuvwxyz i 6E F 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D IHSZe t FE 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 BA 2B 2C 2D 2E 0123456789 lt gt 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E ABCDEFGHIU 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A OD OA 23 24 Ue O 01234 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 54789 lt gt 7 ABCD 35 36 37 38 39 SA 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 EFGHIJKLMNOPQRST 45 46 47 4B 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 UVWXYZENI _ abcd 55 56 57 58 59 SA 5B 5C 5D 5E SF 60 61 62 63 64 efghijkimnopgqrst 65 66 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D 6E F 70 71 72 73 74 uvwxyztid 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 20 21 22 23 24 25 amp C 012345 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 6789 lt gt 7 ABCDE 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 FGHIJK 4 amp 46 47 48 49 4A 4B OD OA 24 25 26 27 28 29 BA 2B 0123456789 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A B lt P7 ABCDEFGHIVK 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4B 49 4A 4B LMNOPQRSTUVWXYZEC 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SA B i _ abcdefghijk 5C 5D SE SF 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 47 68 6 6A 4B Imnopqrstuvwxyzt 6C 6D 6E 6F 70 7i 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 13 I S4R O e 7C 7D 7E 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C Figure 26 Hex Dump Sample 177 Chapter 7 178 Diagnosing Problems Fault Messages If a fault condition occurs in the printer the sta
76. 7 Chapter 4 _ PRINTER MGMT PRINTER MGMT PRINTER MGMT Factory Default 1 Not available if PNE Port number is set to Serial from page 58 and 59 PNE Port Mgmt Protocol PNE Port PNE Port Status Port Mgmt Port Number Timeout Numb Number Ethernet UCP 3001 100 Seconds 3002 3007 Disable PXML 1023 65535 1 255 Seconds 1023 65535 1023 65535 Serial PNE Port This menu selects which port the printer expects PNE to connect to via Ethernet or Serial The factory default is Ethernet Mgmt Protocol Since PXML and UCP management protocols share the same Ethernet Port only one can be active at a time This menu selects the active Management Protocol Interface either PXML or UCP The factory default is UCP PNE Port Number This menu selects the port number the printer expects the PNE to connect through The factory default is 3001 and the range is from 1023 to 65535 PNE Port Timeout If the PNE has not communicated to the printer within a timeout period the PNE session closes The factory default is 100 seconds The range is from 1 to 255 seconds Status Port Numb This menu selects the port number the printer sends the emulation status The factory default is 3001 and the range is from 1023 to 65535 Mgmt Port Number This menu selects the port number the printer expects the PXML or UCP to connect through The factory default is 3007 and the r
77. Assigned Number and is unique for each printer It is read only 81 Chapter 4 82 ETHERNET PARAMS from page 81 NETWORK SETUP Menu DHCP You can enable disable the DHCP protocol using this option but consult your administrator for the appropriate setting The options include e Disable default e Enable ETHERNET PARAMS Factory Default NetBIOS ASCII Keep Alive Ethernet Job Control Protocol Data Port Timer Speed Enable 9100 3 Minutes Auto Select Standard Disable 1023 65535 2 10 Minutes 10 Half Duplex Enhanced 10 Full Duplex Fast Standard 100 Half Duplex Off 100 Full Duplex The ETHERNET PARAMS menu helps your printer communicate on a network For information on assigning the IP Address Gateway Address Subnet Mask and MAC Address refer to the Network Interface Card User s Manual NetBIOS Protocol This option determines whether the NetBIOS protocol will be available The selections are as indicated below e Enable default Makes the NetBIOS protocol available with the ethernet installed e Disable Makes the NetBIOS protocol unavailable during printer operation ASCII Data Port This option sets the port number for ASCII print jobs The data port number needs to match your host system setting e 9100 default e 1023 65535 ETHERNET PARAMS Keep Alive Timer This is the time that the Keep Alive Timer will run
78. Autowrap PGL PI Slew CR Edit Select Code Code SFCC Range Font CR CR LF LF Disable 7E 16 Disable see page 132 CR CR LF LF CR LF Enable 1 255 15 Enable Slash 0 Select LPI Auto Skip Cmd Forms Power On Ext Execute Uppercase Prefix Handling IGP PGL Copy Disable 6 0 Disable Enable Disable Enable Disable Enable 8 0 Enable Disable Auto Eject Disable Enable 9 0 Auto TOF 10 0 Barcode Host Form Var Form Var Form Compressed Ignore Compatbl Options Length Adjust Type CPI Char Mode see Disable 00 0 inches Add Nothing Disable Ignore Mode None page 125 Enable 1 3 0 inches Add O Light Font Disable MVP Add X Dark Font Enable L150 Select Char P3000 0 P6000 0 255 P9000 Expanded Scalable True Form Printer PI Print Power on Font Size Slew Line Quality S Mode Scalable Normal Enable Enable Data Processing o Block Block Disable Disable High 0 5 Alt Block 1 Best Alt Block 2 _ Trunc Dyn Error Data Report Disable On Enable Debug Mode Fault Off 122 IGP PGL Submenu Define CR Carriage Return Code This parameter forces the printer to insert an automatic Line Feed code into the data stream whenever a Carriage Return code occurs This is to be used only if the host computer does not send line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not perform a line feed The next print position will be print position 1 of the current line e CR CR LF Performs an automatic line feed The next print position
79. B respectively To use one of these sets choose the desired group heading such as European Sets and press ENTER Then choose the desired set within that group such as Roman 8 and press ENTER Both the group and the desired set will be starred to indicate your selection The UTF 8 selection allows printing of UTF 8 encoded Unicode Character sets are shown in detail in the Character Sets Reference Manual 20 CPI Condensed Compressed print characters are narrower than the normal character set This is helpful for applications where you need to print the maximum amount of information on a page e Enable default Prints about 60 percent of the width of normal characters when compressed print is chosen by the host computer For example a 12 CPI Draft font will compress to 20 CPI e Disable Does not compress print widths even if condensed print is chosen by the host Alt Set 80 9F Control Code default Interprets data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F as a control code e Printable Prints data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F 107 Chapter 4 Character Set from page 106 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Epson FX Character Set Menu Factory Default Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Hebrew Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets Epson Set ASMO 449 Cyrillic 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek Hebr
80. C 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek 6 English Sakr CP714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 7 Dutch Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 8 French CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page 860 Greek 8859 7 9 Spanish Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 10 Italian Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO 11 Turkish Arabic Lam 1 CP 1048 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO 12 CP 437 Arabic Lam 2 Polish POL1 13 CP 850 Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 14 15 Reserved Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 16 23 Dwn Overlay Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 24 31 User Def 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO Lith CP 773 Serbo Croatic 1 Serbo Croatic 2 CP 774 CP 775 ISO 8859 4 Hebrew Turkish Misc UTF 8 Sets Sets Sets Hebrew Old Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi Hebrew New DEC Turkish Italics Set Hebrew DEC IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Latin 1 Hebrew Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set Win CP 1255 PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish UNIS 1 Turkish Code Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri Features IGP VGL Emulation Code V Graphics language VGL is an Intelligent Graphics Printing IGP software emulation designed for your Line Matrix printer The IGP Code V emulation of the QMS Code V Version II programming language produces online forms barcodes and alphanumeric text generation The graphics processing features are detailed below Features OnLine Form and Label Gener
81. CFG Ld When the printer receives a host data stream reset command ESC 12 ESC K or DLE B in addition to resetting printer variables the selected configuration will be loaded e Disable default The active emulation parameters are loaded when the reset command is executed e Power Up Config The power up configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed e Current Config The currently selected configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed e Factory Config The factory installed configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed NOTE Available in the QUICK SETUP menu for H Series firmware only NOTE 1 For N7 STD printer only NOTE 2 For N7H Hanzi GB LP with LQ1600K selected and Hanzi Big5 LP printer NOTE 3 For N7H Hanzi GB LP with OKI selected 63 Chapter 4 CONFIG CONTROL Load Config The printer can store numerous configurations in memory This parameter allows you to select and load a specific configuration NOTE Available in the QUICK SETUP menu for H Series firmware only CONFIG CONTROL 64 The CONFIG CONTROL menu allows you to control your printer s configurations according to the specifications necessary for your print jobs CONFIG CONTROL from page 58 and 59 Factory Default Load Save Print Delete Power Up Protect Config C
82. CHECKSUM 195 233 ERROR WRONG OEM 195 234 ETHERNET DETECTED 195 234 277 ETHERNET INITIALIZING 196 234 EXCESS RBN WEAR 196 EXHAUST FAN FLT 196 E00 EXE ADDRO 184 217 E01A TYPE 0x40 184 217 E01B TYPE 0x60 185 218 E02 MACHINE CHK 185 218 E03A DSI HASH L 185 218 E03B DSI HASH S 185 219 E03C DSI BAT PL 185 219 E03D DSI BAT 186 219 E03E DSI CXIWX 186 220 E03F DSI CXOWX 186 220 E03G DSI ECXIWX 186 220 E03H DSI ECXOWX 186 221 E04A ISI NO TRA 187 221 E04B ISI DIRECT 187 221 E04C ISI PROTEC 187 222 E06 NOT ALIGNED 187 222 E07 ILLEGAL INS 187 222 E08 FLOATINGPNT 188 223 E12 SYSTEM CALL 188 223 E13 TRACE INT 188 223 E16 ITRANS MISS 188 224 E17 DLOAD MISS 188 224 E18 DSTORE MISS 189 224 E19 BREAKPOINT 189 225 E20 SYS MANAGE 189 225 E30 DEBUGGER 189 225 E31A EVENT 0 BP 189 226 E31B EVENT 1 BP 190 226 E31C EVENT 2 BP 190 226 E31D EVENT 3 BP 190 227 E31E EVENT 4 BP 190 227 E31F EVENT 5 BP 190 227 E31G EVENT 6 BP 191 228 E31H EVENT 7 BP 191 228 E32A CND 0 BP 191 228 E32B CND 1 BP 191 229 E32C CND 2 BP 191 229 E32D CND 3 BP 192 229 E32E CND 4 BP 192 230 E32F CND 5 BP 192 230 E32G CND 6 BP 192 230 E32H CND 7 BP 192 231 E33 WRITE BP 193 231 E34 TRACE CMPLT 193 231 E99 UNKNOWN INT 193 232 FIRMWARE ERROR 196 FRAMING ERROR 196 HAMER COIL CHECK 235 HAMMER COIL BAD 197 HAM COIL OPEN 197 HB NOT INSTALLD 197 HMR
83. D DSI BAT PS See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 219 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution EO3E DSI CXIWX See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility EO3F DSI CKOWX See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03G DSI ECXIWX See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the p
84. DBCS ASCII Mode 24 pt size DBCS Mode 24 72 pt size ASCII Mode Graphics Page Reset Cmd Error Spd Up Format CFG Ld Handling Normal See page 86 Disable Illegal Code Pt Enhanced Power up Config Normal Turbo Current Config As Space Match Typeface Factory Config As Square 2 109 Chapter 4 EMULATION from page 59 LinePrinter LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series NOTE This menu displays when OKI is selected under Printer Protocol Factory Default Printer CPI LPI Host Font Protocol Select Command Attributes LQ1600K Select CPI Ignore All Typeface DBCS ASCII Mode see page 116 10 0 CPI Disable LQ DBCS Mode OKI 12 0 CPI Enable NLQ ASCII Mode see page 117 Select LPI Ignore CPI Normal GB High Byte 6 0 LPI Disable Hi Speed ON 8 0 LPI Enable Super Hi Speed OFF DBCS CPI Ignore LPI Ultra Hi Speed DBCS ASCII STYLE 5 0 CPI Disable Styling Type Normal 6 0 CPI Enable SONG Oversize 6 7 CPI Ignore Unidir High Density OCRB 7 5 CPI Enable Disable Text Position Others CPI Disable Enable Bottom of Line Default Bold Print Top of Line Disable DBCS Compressed Enable Disable Slashed Zero Enable Disable Encoding Enable Address Table GB18030 UTF 8 Graphics Page Reset Cmd Spd Up Format CFG Ld Normal Form Length Margins Disable Enhanced Abs Length IN Left Margin Power up Config Turbo 11 0
85. EA E E O ANTRA 27 Unload Paper m rrirosmeiai iara E A TE 36 Integrated Print Management System ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeseaeees 39 Output Darkmess irrar a aa TEREN 39 Loading a Used Ribbon Cartridge cccccceccecceeeeeeeeeeeeseeteneessneees 40 Lighter or Darker Print eessssssessresssrrreesrrreerernnnsrnnsnntnnnnnntnnnnanennnnne 40 Changing Ribbon Cartridge cccccecceeeseeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeseeeessaaees 41 Table of Contents 4 The Configuration Menus 2 0 ceeeeeeeee 45 Configuration OVEIrVieW cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteaeeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeteneeeteeeetias 45 Changing Parameter Settings cccccceceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaaes 45 Saving Parameter Settings cccccceseceeeeeeeeeteeeeeneeeeeneeeseneeeseaees 45 Default and Custom Configurations ccccceeeeseeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 46 Navigating the Menus ccesceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeteeeeeeteeenaeeeeeeenaeeees 46 Changing Parameters Example ccccccceseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetesneeeseaees 47 Auto Save Configuration cccccceceeeeeeneeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeessneeensaees 50 Saving Your New Configuration 0 cccccsececeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 50 Optimizing Print Quality N7000 STD Only 0 eceeeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 55 Optimizing Print Speed N7000 STD Only 56 Main MOM yesa aaan a a a a a a R AN 57 N7000 STD Firmware ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
86. EE 1284 Parallel Interface 164 Byte Mode 164 Compatibility Mode 164 Nibble Mode 164 Signals 165 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 79 Auto Trickle 80 Buffer Size in K 80 Offline Process 80 Prime Signal 79 TOF Action 79 Trickle Time 80 Ignore Char 128 Ignore Chars 141 Ignore CH 1 142 Ignore CH 2 142 Ignore Dots 136 Ignore Spaces 138 Ignore Lxx Cmd 140 Ignore DB8 Setup 141 Data Bit 8 142 Ignore Chars 141 Ignore CH 1 142 Ignore CH 2 142 IGP PGL Emulation 120 configuring with the control panel 121 IGP PGL submenu 122 Auto Uppercase 124 Autowrap 123 Barcode Options 126 Compatbl Mode 129 Compressed CPI 128 CR Edit 124 Define CR Carriage Return Code 123 Define LF Line Feed Code 123 Error Report 131 Expanded Font 129 Ext Execute Copy 125 Forms Handling 125 281 Host Form Length 127 Ignore Char 128 PGL SFCC 123 PI Slew Range 123 Power On IGP PGL 125 Power on S Mode 130 Print Quality 130 Printer PI Line 130 Scalable Size 129 Select Font 124 131 Select LPI 124 Skip Cmd Prefix 124 Slash 0 124 True Form Slew 129 Trunc Dyn Data 130 Var Form Adjust 127 Var Form Type 128 IGP PGL Font Set menu 132 IGP VGL Emulation 133 configuring with the control panel 134 IGP VGL Font Set Menu 144 IGP VGL submenu 134 Error Handling 141 Font Set 142 Graphics Options 136 Ignore DB8 Setup 141 LPI 136 PI Control 142 Prt to Emulate 1
87. Emulation Ignore Spaces e Disable default Trailing spaces are not deleted from the last alphanumeric element in a graphics pass e Enable Trailing spaces are deleted from the last alphanumeric element in a graphics pass Midline PY includes PN e Disable default The Graphics mode Enable command PY must be the first three characters of a line e Enable The PY or 4PN can occur anywhere in a line Print Quality e Data Processing default ALPHA text and barcodes are printed in normal mode at 60 x 72 dpi This mode should be set if the highest speed is desired e High ALPHA text and barcodes are printed in dark mode at 120 x 72 dpi Expanded Font Scalable default These expanded characters have rounded edges e Block These are block characters compatible with IGP X10 printers LP Font e Disable default The IGP VGL uses its default half dot font which is slightly different from the standard bitmap font used by LP at 12 13 15 and 17 cpi e Enable The IGP VGL uses the same font as used by LP at all cpi MSI Check Digit e Print default The check digit is appended at the end of the printable data field for MSI barcodes Don t Print The check digit for MSI barcodes does not print 125 Selection e 125 Odd Data default When an odd number of data is provided the default setting Leading Zero will add a zero to the beginning of the bar code data The setting Check Digit wi
88. L equivalent s HEX equivalent 245 Appendix B 246 C Zero Tear Pedestal Printer Overview The N7000 Zero Tear Pedestal ZTP printer can print a form and present it for tear off without losing a form between print jobs The printer automatically presents the current print line to the tear bar when it finishes printing and no data are being sent to the printer When it receives more data from the host computer the printer pulls the form down to the print station and resumes printing The ZTP printer is available in the following configurations e 500 Ipm 1000 Ipm 1500 Ipm standard ASCII models e 300 Ipm and 600 Ipm H Series models 247 Appendix C _ Operation Operation Position the Paper Input and Adjust the Paper Guides Outer Paper Guide Leaf 2 centar Peper Front Paper Guide Leaf 3 Paper Guide Knob 3 Figure 27 Adjusting The Paper Guides NOTE Ensure that the paper guides are not damaged 1 Remove the left paper guide knob and the left front paper guide leaf See Figure 27 Remove the right paper guide knob and the right front paper guide leaf Remove the center paper guide knob and the center front paper guide leaf 248 Position the Paper Input and Adjust the Paper Guides Center Paper
89. L1 Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO Lith CP 773 Serbo Croatic 1 Serbo Croatic 2 CP 774 CP 775 ISO 8859 4 if Turkish Misc UTF 8 Sets Sets Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi DEC Turkish Italics Set IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish UNIS 1 Turkish Code Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri Code Page Code Page OCR A OCR B Multinational CP 858 EURO 437 850 ASCII USA EBCDIC 105 Chapter 4 Printer Protocol from page 86 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Epson FX Emulation Factory Default Epson FX Define CR Auto LF Define LF Printer Character 20 CPI Alt Set Code Code Select Set Condensed 80 9F CR CR Enable LF LF Disable see page 108 Enable Control Code CR CR LF Disable LF CR LF Enable Disable Printable Define CR Code 106 The Define CR Code option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a carriage return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex OA into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not insert an
90. LF 106 Character Set 107 Define CR Code 106 Define LF Code 106 Printer Select 107 20 CPI Condensed 107 ERROR CPLD NOT PROGRAMMED message 193 232 ERROR DC PROGRAM NOT VALID message 194 232 ERROR DRAM AT ADDRESS XXXXXXXX message 194 232 ERROR EC PROGRAM NOT VALID message 194 232 ERROR EC STOPPED AT STATE XXXX message 194 232 ERROR FLASH DID NOT PROGRAM message 194 232 ERROR FLASH NOT DETECTED message 194 232 Error Handling 141 Barcode Errors 141 Error Markers 141 Error Msgs 141 Hanzi LP Emulation 115 Offpage Errors 141 ERROR LOCKED SN nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn message 194 233 Error Markers 141 Error Messages N7000 H Series 206 N7000 STD ASCII 179 Error Msgs 141 ERROR NO DRAM DETECTED message 194 233 ERROR NVRAM FAILURE message 194 233 ERROR OCCURRED FLUSHING QUEUES message 193 194 233 ERROR PROGRAM NEEDS MORE DRAM message 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NEEDS MORE FLASH message 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NOT COMPATIBLE message 195 233 ERROR PROGRAM NOT VALID message 195 233 Error Report 131 ERROR SECURITY KEY NOT DETECTED message 195 233 ERROR SHORT AT ADDRESS XXXX message 195 233 ERROR WRITING TO FLASH message 195 233 ERROR WRONG CHECKSUM message 195 233 ERROR WRONG OEM message 195 234 ERROR WRONG PRINTER TYPE message 195 234 ESC d command Serial Matrix Emulation 100 Ethernet Address 60 275 ETHERNET ADDRESS menu 81 DHCP 82 Gateway address 81 IP ad
91. LOWER DRIVER SHORT 210 619 PAPER FEED DRIVER CIRCUIT 210 620 POWER VOLT CHECK 210 622 SHUTTLE DRIVER CRCUIT 210 623 STACKER FAULT 211 624 UPPER DRIVER SHORT 211 625 WRONG E NET 211 700 A TO D OVERUN 211 701 ACCESS NULL POINTER 211 702 FIRMWARE ERROR 211 703 ILLEGAL EXTERNAL BUS ACC 211 704 ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION ACC 211 705 ILLEGAL OPERAND ACCESS 211 706 PAP BAD TABLE 211 707 PAPER BUSY TOO LONG 211 708 PAPER FIFO OVERFLOW 212 709 PAPER FIFO UNDERFLOW 212 710 PAP ILLGL ST 212 711 PAP INCMPL ENER 212 712 PAP INVLD CMD 212 713 PAP INVLD PARM 212 714 PAP NOT SCHED 212 715 PAP NT AT SPEED 212 716 PAP UNEXP INT 212 717 PLAT INV CMD 212 718 PLAT INV PARM 212 719 PLAT INV STATE 212 720 PROTECTED INSTRUCTION 212 721 RIB INVLD CMD 213 723 SHUTL INV CMD 213 724 SHUTL INV PARM 213 725 SHUTL OVER SPEED 213 727 SOFTWARE ERROR 213 728 STACK OVERFLOW 213 729 STACK UNDERFLOW 213 730 TCB CORRUPTED 213 731 UNDEFINED INTERRUPT 213 732 UNDEFINED OPCODE 213 733 DP FIFO Busy 214 8 5V PWR FAIL 179 Fault Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Feature File DIAGNOSTICS 157 Features printer 9 FF Valid at TOF Proprinter XL Emulation 103 File System ADVANCED USER menu 150 FIRMWARE ERROR message 196 Font Attributes 87 Hanzi LP Emulation 111 Font Set 142 Form Length 61 Form Width 61 Forms Handling 125 FRAMING ERROR message
92. Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31C EVENT 2 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31D EVENT 3 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31E EVENT 4 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31F EVENT 5 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation
93. NE CONFIG CONTROL UNTIL 5 CONFIG CONTROL lt gt Load Config 6 CONFIG CONTROL Name Configs UNTIL 7 A Name Configs The LCD flashes 1 8 Name Configs You will rename config 2 2 e UNTIL 9 2 D 10 lt P 2 Cycle through the choices until T displays T 53 Chapter 4 Configuration Overview Step Press LCD Notes 11 2 Saves the first character T_ 12 2 Cycle through the choices until E displays LI gt until TE 13 2 Saves the second character TE_ 14 2 Cycle through the choices until S displays lt A gt UNTIL TES 15 2 Saves the third character e TES_ 16 2 Cycle through the choices until T displays lt i gt UNTIL TEST 17 2 Saves the fourth character e TEST_ 18 ENTER Name Configs The configuration is renamed TEST TEST 19 CONFIG CONTROL lt A gt Name Configs 20 CONFIG CONTROL Save Config UNTIL 21 Save Config 1 54 Optimizing Print Quality N7000 STD Only Step Press LCD Notes 22 Save Config TEST now appears as one of configuration TEST choices 23 ENTER Saving Configuration Save Config Your configuration is saved as TEST TEST 24 ENTER SWITCH Locks the ENTER key lt A gt LOCKED 25 ON LINE CLEAR ONLINE Ribbon Life 100 Now you have the saved configuration for later use if needed Optimizing Print Quality N7000 STD On
94. OF s Pey Emulation Status Indicator a ONLINE lt PGL gt RIBBON LIFE 100 N ge N Va N NX F lI v N Ribbon Life ONLINE PAPER Z Jo x ENTER Indicator CLEAR ADVANCE CANCEL T JOB SELECT JOB SELECT PRINT MODE NOTE 1 For N7000 STD printers 2 For N7000 H Series printers Figure 5 Control Panel 22 Control Panel Keys Control Panel Keys ON LINE CLEAR Toggles the printer between online and offline modes If a fault condition exists pressing this key will clear the fault message and return the printer from fault mode to offline mode NOTE If the fault condition is not corrected before pressing this key the fault message will reappear when attempting to place the printer online D Vic PAPER ADVANCE Performs advance to top of form as defined by the current active form length The key works both online and offline e f online with data in the printer buffer the data will print and then the paper will move to the next top of form e In the fault state PAPER ADVANCE will advance the paper The first press moves to the top of the next available form All subsequent presses advances one forms length as defined by the current active forms length VIEW EJECT When the printer is online or offline pressing this key executes the view or eject function depending on whether the printer is a cabinet or a pedestal or zero tear pedestal If online with data in the printer buffer the data prints
95. OGRAM MISSING message 180 214 B13 ERROR NOT COMPATIBLE message 180 214 B19 ERROR DC RETURNED message 180 214 B20 STATUS 00 DOWNLOAD MODE message 180 214 B21 STATUS PRINTER RESET message 180 215 272 B22 ERROR DECOMPRESS SIZE message 180 215 B23 ERROR DECOMPRESS CKSUM message 180 215 B30 STATUS INITIALIZING 180 215 B35 WAITING FOR EC STATUS 181 215 B40 ERROR PROM CKSUM BAD message 181 215 B41 ERROR DIM MEMORY NOT SDRAM message 181 215 B42 ERROR SDRAM ROWS NOT ALLOWED message 181 215 B43 ERROR SDRAM TOO MANY BANKS message 181 215 B44 ERROR SDRAM NOT 64 BITS WIDE message 181 216 B45 ERROR SDRAM IS WRONG VOLTAGE message 181 216 B46 ERROR SDRAM HAS MIXED SIZES message 181 216 B47 ERROR SDRAM LARGER THAN 256M message 181 216 B49 ERROR SDRAM LOGICAL BANKS message 181 216 B50 ERROR SDRAM LOGIC COMB BANKS message 181 216 B50 XX CLEAR FLASH 182 B51 XX LOADING 182 216 B53 ERROR 12C NO ARBITRATION 182 216 B54 ERROR SDA LINE STUCK LOW 182 216 B55 STATUS SEND PROGRAM TO EC 182 C Cable Verify Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Cancel a print job 26 CANCEL key 24 Cancel Key ADVANCED USER menu 152 Cartridge Ribbon System CRS 39 Centronics Parallel Interface 162 Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Acknowledge 163 Busy 163 Data Lines 1 through 8 163 Data Strobe 163 Fault 163 Online 163 Paper Empty PE 163
96. PRINTRONIX N7000 and N7000 H Series Cartridge Ribbon Printer User s Manual READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT BEFORE USING THIS PRINTER Software License Agreement CAREFULLY READ THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE USING THIS PRINTER USING THIS PRINTER INDICATES YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS PROMPTLY RETURN THE PRINTER AND ALL ACCOMPANYING HARDWARE AND WRITTEN MATERIALS TO THE PLACE YOU OBTAINED THEM AND YOUR MONEY WILL BE REFUNDED Definitions Software shall mean the digitally encoded machine readable data and program The term Software Product includes the Software resident in the printer and its documentation The Software Product is licensed not sold to you and Printronix Inc either owns or licenses from other vendors who own all copyright trade secret patent and other proprietary rights in the Software Product License 1 Authorized Use You agree to accept a non exclusive license to use the Software resident in the printer solely for your own customary business or personal purposes 2 Restrictions a To protect the proprietary rights of Printronix Inc you agree to maintain the Software Product and other proprietary information concerning the typefaces in strict confidence b You agree not to duplicate or copy the Software Product GC You shall not sublicense sell lease or otherwise transfer all or any port
97. PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 270 A A TO D OVERUN message 179 Absorb After PN 139 Absorb After PY 137 Accented Char PRINTER CONTROL 147 ACCESS NULL PTR message 179 Acknowledge Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Acoustic noise level 241 ACTIVE IGP EMUL menu 84 Active IGP Emulation 61 ADVANCED USER menu 148 Alarm 151 Auto Elevator 150 Auto Locking 150 Cancel Key 152 Downloaded Fonts 149 File System 150 Job Sel Typeface On 153 PMD Paper Motion Detection Fault 150 Power Saver Time 152 Power Stacker 150 Print Hist Log 153 Pwr Save Control 152 Rev Status Port 152 Ret Status Port 152 Set Lock Key 153 Set Sharing 151 Shuttle Timeout 151 Slow Paper Slew 151 Al 00 Spaces 126 139 Index Alarm ADVANCED USER menu 151 Alt Char Set Proprinter XL Emulation 104 Alt Set 80 9F 93 118 Epson FX Emulation 107 Serial Matrix Emulation 100 Append Rotated 137 AR3240 119 ASCII Character Set 245 ASCII data port Ethernet Parameters
98. Print Install a new ribbon Change Ribbon Management System software has determined that the ribbon is out of ink REGIONx MISMATCH Yes The incorrect cartridge Install Region X ribbon cartridge in Use Correct RBN type is being used for the the printer printer x indicates the NOTE Specify the region of the region of the printer printer when ordering ribbons REMOVE USED SPX No Status message An SPX Contact your authorized service THEN PRESS ENTER is depleted because it representative has successfully reprogrammed the security key on the controller board RESTORING BOOT No Normal download No action is required CODE initialization message RIB INVLD CMD Yes Ribbon Invalid Cycle power Run the print job See User Manual Command Firmware again If the message appears error on the controller download the emulation software board again If the message appears again contact your authorized service representative 201 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Parameter Firmware error on controller board Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio RIBBON DRIVE No The controller board does Contact your authorized service motor RIBBON STALL Yes The controller board does Check the ribbon path for jams not detect ribbon Turn the Ribbon Tension Knob movemen
99. RRUPTED No Task Control Block Contact your authorized service error on controller board TCP PORT BUSY Yes Error message reported Refer to the Printronix N7000 by the Printer Manager Maintenance Manual when ethernet interface option is installed The network address given in the printer properties was reached but the printer port is busy TIP MISMATCH Yes The incorrect cartridge Install the correct ribbon cartridge Use Correct RBN type is being used for the type in the printer printer UNDEF INTERRUPT No Undefined Interrupt Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board UNDFNED OPCODE No Undefined Opcode Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board UNKNOWN RBN1 Yes The sensor detects a bar Install a new ribbon Install New RBN code but the ribbon model is not permitted on this printer UP DRV SHORT No Upper Driver Short Cycle power to see if the message Hammer driver circuits on clears if not contact your the boards shorted to authorized service representative ground WELD NOT DETECT No The cartridge weld was Clear fault and continue printing If error occurs again contact your authorized service representative 204 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio WELD RESET ERROR No Th
100. S 8245 No Status message printer No action required SDRAM TEST 32MB boot up routines are testing SDRAM B10 ERROR NO No SDRAM DIMM may not Cycle power to see if the message DRAM DETECTED be properly installed Boot up routines did not detect the presence of the SDRAM DIMM clears if not contact your authorized service representative 179 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User initialization routines after startup and successful memory tests i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio B11 ERROR RAM No SDRAM failed the boot Cycle power to see if the message TEST FAILED initialization test SDRAM clears if not contact your DIMM may not be authorized service representative properly installed B12 ERROR Yes The printer does not see There is no program in printer PROGRAM MISSING a program in flash memory Download an emulation memory B13 ERROR NOT No Attempting to downloada Cycle power to see if the message COMPATIBLE program that is not clears if not contact your compatible with the authorized service representative 1 printer B19 ERROR DC No The message indicates Cycle power to see if the message RETURNED an incorrectly assembled clears if not contact your and tested machine authorized service representative 1 B20 STATUS 00 No Status message
101. TER 24 JOB SELECT 24 ON LINE 23 PAPER ADVANCE 23 PREV or NEXT 25 PREV NEXT 25 PRINT MODE 24 PRT CONFIG 24 SET TOF 24 UP or DOWN 25 273 UP DOWN 25 VIEW EJECT key 23 Conventions manual 11 CPI LPI Select 87 Hanzi LP Emulation 111 CR Edit 124 CRTG COMM ERR message 183 CRTG MISSING message 183 CRTG NOT SETx message 183 CTL VOLT FAIL message 183 Currency Sign 119 Custom configurations 46 Customer Support Center 13 259 C128 Mode Comp 140 C39 Compatbl 127 140 D Darker print Integrated Print Management System 40 Data Bit 8 142 Centronics Parallel submenu 69 Dataproducts submenu 71 Data Carrier Detect DCD RS 232 169 Data Lines 1 through 8 Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Data Polarity Centronics Parallel submenu 69 Dataproducts submenu 72 Data Protocol Serial submenu 75 Data Set Ready DSR RS 232 169 Data Strobe Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Data Term Ready Serial submenu 77 Data Terminal Ready DTR RS 232 169 Dataproducts Parallel Interface 160 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Buffer Clear 161 Cable Verify 161 Data Lines 1 through 8 161 Data Strobe 161 Demand Data Request 161 274 Online 161 Paper Instruction Pl 161 Parity Error 161 Ready 161 Dataproducts submenu 71 Auto Trickle 73 Buffer Size in K 72 Data B
102. TER CONTROL menu 145 Accented Char 147 Bar Code Quality 146 Display Language 146 Open Platen BOF Bottom of Form 146 RBN End Action 154 RBN Low Action 154 RBN Low Warn 154 Ribbon End Point 145 Tear Bar Dist Distance 146 Unidirectional 146 View Function 146 PRINTER HOT message 201 Printer interfaces 159 PRINTER MGMT menu 158 Mgmt Port Number 158 Mgmt Protocol 158 PNE Port 158 PNE Port Number 158 PNE Port Timeout 158 Status Port Numb 158 Printer PI 142 Printer PI Line 130 Printer Protocol 61 87 Hanzi LP Emulation 111 Printer Select 118 Epson FX Emulation 107 Serial Matrix Emulation 100 Printer Tests DIAGNOSTICS 155 PRINTER UNDER REMOTE CONTROL message 201 236 Printing rates 243 Printing Hex Dump 177 PrintNet Enterprise consumable monitoring 11 Proprinter XL Character Set menu 105 Proprinter XL Emulation 103 Alt Char Set 104 Auto LF 103 Character Set 104 Define CR Code 103 Define LF Code 103 FF Valid at TOF 103 20 CPI Condensed 104 Protect Configs 65 PROTECTED INSTR message 201 PRT CONFIG key 24 Prt to Emulate 143 P Series Character Set menu 94 PSeries Dbl High 93 P Series Emulation 91 Alt Set 80 9F 93 Auto LF 92 285 Character Set 93 Control Code 06 91 Control Code 08 91 Define CR Code 91 Define LF Code 92 FF Valid at TOF 93 Overstrike 92 PSeries Dbl High 93 P Series SFCC 92 SFCC d Command 93 VFU Selec
103. Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio SHUTL OVR SPEED No The shuttle is oscillating Contact your authorized service too rapidly representative SHUTTLE JAM Yes No shuttle movement or Check for obstruction to shuttle a shuttle moving at the twisted ribbon or platen lever wrong speed closed too tightly If fault source is not apparent contact your authorized service representative SHUTTLE STALL Yes The shuttle is not moving Set the platen lever to match the See SHUTTLE JAM on thickness of paper but not too page 203 tightly Check and adjust the platen gap Inspect the ribbon mask for deformation that snags and interferes with shuttle movement If fault source is not apparent contact your authorized service representative SHUTTLE TYPE NOT No The shuttle type was not Contact your authorized service SUPPORTED detected at power up or representative the shuttle installed in the printer is not supported by the firmware SOFTWARE ERROR No Application software tried Contact your authorized service CYCLE POWER to perform illegal printer representative function or damaged logic circuits found on controller board SPX FOUND ERROR No The controller board does Contact your authorized service KEY NOT DETECTED not have a security key representative SPX NOT NEEDED No The user has attempted Contact your
104. The listed commands will take effect and turn the extending table character on NOTE Available for H Series GB firmware with LQ1600K selected only 119 Chapter 4 IGP PGL Emulation IGP PGL Emulation 120 The PGL emulation is the software based Intelligent Graphics Processor IGP for the line matrix family of printers It is based upon and is compatible with the IGP 100 200 400 board using the PGL The IGP graphics processing features are detailed below Features On Line Form and Label Generation makes it easy to create forms or labels with a preprinted look for each application IGP programs control all graphic functions dramatically reducing host computer programming and processing time Graphic capabilities include boxes vertical and horizontal lines with user selectable thickness logos and special alphanumeric print features Forms and graphic designs can be duplicated horizontally and vertically Alphanumeric data can appear as prepositioned fixed information entered when the form is created be overlayed onto the form positioned in a specific location after the form is created or can be dynamically merged with the form Selectable Barcodes provide you with the appropriate barcode for your application using standard wide to narrow ratios A wide selection of barcodes is available Code 39 Interleaved 2 of 5 UPC A UPC E MSI A through D Code 128 Subset A B and C EAN UCC 128 EAN 8 EAN
105. This option selects the port for the Return Status Commands i e STATUS PGL and HS ZGL to send the status data back to the Host The options are Automatic factory default Serial E NET Stat Port IEEE 1284 Disable and E NET Data Port DIAGNOSTICS Set Lock Key Normally to lock or unlock the printer menu the UP and DOWN keys are pressed at the same time The Set Lock Key parameter lets you choose different keys to lock or unlock the printer menu You may choose almost any group of keys as the new lock and unlock keys You cannot use the ENTER key or any key combinations which are already used for another function There is no limit to how many keys you can select To set the new lock key follow these steps 1 Work your way through the configuration menu until the display reads Set Lock Key follow the menu structure on page 148 Press ENTER The display reads Select a new lock key Press the combination of keys you want to be the new lock key Make sure you press all keys selected at the same time 4 Ifthe selection is valid the display will read Enter the new lock key again If the selection is invalid the display will read Invalid key selection Return to step 2 and start over 5 Press the same combination of keys a second time If the new lock key combination is entered again correctly the display will read Lock key has been changed If it was entered incorrectly the display
106. WELD message 208 437 REG MISSING message 209 438 TIP MISMATCH message 209 439 SHTL MISMATCH message 209 440 RWP DOWNLOAD message 209 48V CIRCUIT message 179 48V PWR FAIL message 179 601 15V PWR FAIL message 209 602 23 5V PWR FAIL message 209 604 48V CIRCUIT message 209 605 48V PWR FAIL message 209 289 606 Power 8 5V CHECK message 209 607 CTL VOLT FAIL message 209 608 DRIVER CIRCUIT BAD message 209 609 EXHAUST FAN CHECK message 210 613 HAM COIL BAD Message 210 614 HAMMER BANK NOT INSTALLED message 210 615 HAMMER BANK CHECK Message 210 617 LOWER DRIVER SHORT message 210 619 PAPER FEED DRIVER CIRCUIT message 210 620 POWER VOLT CHECK message 210 622 SHUTTLE DRIVER CRCUIT message 210 623 STACK FAULT message 211 624 UPPER DRIVER SHORT message 211 625 WRONG E NET message 211 700 A TO D OVERUN message 211 701 ACCESS NULL POINTER message 211 702 FIRMWARE ERROR message 211 703 ILLEGAL EXTERNAL BUS ACC message 211 704 ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION ACC message 211 705 ILLEGAL OPERAND ACCESS message 211 706 PAP BAD TABLE message 211 707 PAPER BUSY TOO LONG message 211 708 PAPER FIFO OVERFLOW message 212 709 PAPER FIFO UNDERFLOW message 212 710 PAP ILLGL ST message 212 711 PAP INCMPL ENER message 212 712 PAP INVLD CMD message 212 713 PAP INVLD PARM message 212 714 PAP NOT SCHED message 212 715 PAP NT AT SPEED message 212 716 PAP UNEXP INT message 212 7
107. With the Keep Alive Timer on the tcp connection will stay connected even after the print job has terminated e 3 Minutes default e 2 10 Minutes Ethernet Speed This menu option only appears if a 10 100Base T network interface card NIC is installed The Ethernet Speed menu allows compatibility with different systems and networks The factory default is Auto Select e Auto Select default This setting tells the 10 100Base T NIC to perform an auto detection scheme and configure itself to be 10 Half Duplex 10 Full Duplex 100 Half Duplex or 100 Full Duplex e 10 Half Duplex Tells the 10 100Base T NIC to communicate at 10 Megabits per second using half duplex e 10 Full Duplex Tells the 10 100Base T NIC to communicate at 10 Megabits per second using full duplex e 100 Half Duplex Tells the 10 100Base T NIC to communicate at 100 Megabits per second using half duplex e 100 Full Duplex Tells the 10 100Base T NIC to communicate at 100 Megabits per second using full duplex Job Control The job control mode has three options e Standard default The NIC waits for the printer to finish receiving the current job before sending another job The status line shows done when the job is completely received by the NIC This is the default e Enhanced The NIC waits for the printer to finish receiving the current job before sending another job The status line shows done when the job is fully printed e Fast Standar
108. a line feed command is received The next print position will be the current print position of the next line Compressed Print Controls which host command sets compressed printing e Char 01 SOH default e Char 03 ETX e Char 09 HT Elong Alt Font Controls which host command sets elongated double high fonts and extended character set e Elng BS Font SO default e Elng SO Font BS HS Print High Speed Print Controls which host command sets high speed printing e Char 02 STX default e Char 03 ETX e Char 09 HT VFU Select Controls how the printer handles vertical formatting The choices are e EVFU default Enables the VFU and selects P Series compatible Electronic Vertical Format Unit EVFU e DVFU Enables the VFU and selects the Dataproducts compatible Direct Access Vertical Format Unit DVFU e CVFU Enables the VFU and selects the Centronics compatible Direct Access Vertical Format Unit CVFU e Disable Disables all VFU processing 97 Chapter 4 Printer Protocol from page 86 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Upr Case Select Controls how the printer handles lowercase characters it receives from the host computer When enabled all characters will be printed in uppercase e Disable default Prints lowercase characters received from the host computer as lowercase and prints uppercase characters received from the computer as uppercase e Enable Prints lowercase characters receiv
109. able default All line terminators that follow the PN command are sent to the printer and processed e Enable The first motion line terminator that follows the PN command is ignored 139 Chapter 4 140 IGP VGL Emulation IGP110 Compatbl This option instructs the VGL to behave similarly to the IGP 10 with respect to certain commands All new users with new applications should select the Disable option Selecting this mode insures the printer will behave as described in this manual e Disable default The IGP does not emulate the IGP 10 mode e Enable The IGP emulates the IGP 10 version Auto FF at 4PN e Disable default A form feed will not be generated automatically when the PN command is encountered e Enable A form feed will be generated automatically to slew to the top of the next form when the PN command is encountered and when the current vertical position is not at top of form PDF Size Comp This option is for compatability of the font size of the barcode printable data field on the old build e Disable default Uses the normal font size e Enable Matches the font size of the old build C128 Mode Comp The menu is for compatibility of the old build in auto mode switch e Disable default Uses auto mode switch e Enable Matches the old build on the auto mode switch C39 Compatbl This menu makes the old method of decoding C39 alternative character set compatible with the new
110. able disable the DHCP protocol using this option but consult your administrator for the appropriate setting ZTP DataTime This option sets the pause time in the data stream that the ZTP requires before moving the form to the tear bar once a print job is completed The values range from 5 to 15 seconds The default is 5 seconds ZTP WaitTime This option sets the minimum amount of time that the form stays at the tear bar This allows you time to remove the form before the form is retracted to print the next form The adjustable values range from 1 to 10 seconds in increments of 1 second The default value is 2 seconds ZTP TearDist This option sets the tear off distance from the current print position to the tear bar Adjustable values in increments of 1 144th of an inch range from 200 to 2880 The up and down arrows adjust the display value When you press the Enter key the selected value is stored and a scale is printed to indicate the current tear off position The default value is 1060 NOTE When a new value is selected the printer will lose the current print position You must reset the top of form to automatically save the new value QUICK SETUP Menu Definitions Active IGP Emulation The Active IGP Emulation menu enables you to activate either the PGL or VGL emulation for the N7000 STD firmware only NOTE Available for N7000 STD firmware only PGL SFCC You can specify which hex code 1 FF will be used as the Spe
111. acker raises itself 1 4 inch automatically e Enable default The automatic elevator on the power stacker operates normally e Disable The stacker does not raise automatically every three minutes and is entirely dependent on the sensor Diable is used with extremely high quality print jobs that take a long time to print Auto Locking e Disable default The ENTER key must be locked manually e Enable The printer automatically locks the ENTER key five minutes after the last front panel key press File System e Overwrite Files Allows you to prevent files from being overwritten by disabling the overwrite function e View File List Displays the list of files in the file system Pressing the DOWN key displays the file size e Delete Files Displays the list of files in the file system Pressing the ENTER key deletes the file displayed on the front panel e Flash Avail The amount of flash available for the user to save or download files into flash e Optimize amp Reboot Reclaims flash space from deleted flash files After pressing ENTER wait for the printer to reboot NOTE When the Optimize amp Reboot option is executed the message Optimizing Flash Files does not display before printer rebooting takes place IMPORTANT ADVANCED USER Print File List Prints a summary of the files stored in flash memory and several statistics on File System usage Do not turn the printer off until it has completely reboote
112. age appears in the application load the latest emulation program software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E34 TRACE CMPLT Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E99 UNKNOWN INT Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility ERROR OCCURRED Yes An interim message that Wait When the asterisk stops FLUSHING QUEUES displays while the printer rotating a different fault message discards host data it will appear troubleshoot the final cannot use because a message fault condition exists While this message displays the asterisk rotates ERROR CPLD NOT No The Complex Contact your authorized service PROGRAMMED Programmable Logic Device CPLD on the controller board is not programmed The EC cannot read the ve
113. ain If the message appears controller board download the emulation software again If the message appears again contact your authorized service representative 723 SHUTL INV CMD No Shuttle Invalid Command Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller representative board 724 SHUTL INV No Shuttle Invalid Parameter Contact your authorized service PARM Firmware error on controller representative board 725 SHUTL OVER No The shuttle is oscillating too Contact your authorized service SPEED rapidly representative 727 SOFTWARE No Application software tried to Contact your authorized service ERROR perform illegal printer representative function or damaged logic circuits found on controller board 728 STACK No Firmware error on controller Contact your authorized service OVERFLOW board representative 729 STACK No Firmware error on the Contact your authorized service UNDERFLOW controller board representative 730 TCB No Task Control Block Contact your authorized service CORRUPTED Corrupted Firmware error representative on controller board 731 UNDEFINED No Undefined Interrupt Contact your authorized service INTERRUPT Firmware error on controller representative board 732 UNDEFINED No Undefined Opcode Contact your authorized service OPCODE Firmware error on controller board representative 213 Chapter 7 _Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fau
114. ake configuration changes lt i gt UNLOCKED OFFLINE QUICK SETUP 4 OFFLINE CONFIG CONTROL UNTIL 5 CONFIG CONTROL LD Load Config 6 CONFIG CONTROL Save Config UNTIL 7 LI gt Save Config 1 8 Save Config Cycle through the choices 2 OR 9 ENTER n Config The indicates this choice is active 51 Chapter 4 Configuration Overview Step Press LCD Notes NOTE We recommend that you print the configuration To print the configuration go to Step 9 To skip this procedure and resume printer operation go to Step 14 10 CONFIG CONTROL T Save Config 11 CONFIG CONTROL Print Config UNTIL 12 Print Config LD Current 13 Print Config Press until the desired parameter displays 2 S 2 14 ENTER OFFLINE The selected configuration is printed CONFIG CONTROL 15 ENTER SWITCH Locks the ENTER key lt A gt LOCKED 16 ONLINE on tl Ribbon Life 100 17 If you printed out the configuration store it in a safe place The printer is ready for operation 52 Example 2 Saving Your New Configuration This example shows how to save a configuration as a named configuration UNTIL Step Press LCD Notes 1 Make sure the printer is on 2 ON LINE CLEAR OFFLINE QUICK SETUP 3 ENTER SWITCH Allows you to make configuration changes lt i gt UNLOCKED OFFLINE QUICK SETUP 4 OFFLI
115. ameter is enabled Do Nothing Nothing occurs before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the host 79 Chapter 4 80 HOST INTERFACE Buffer Size in K This option configures the amount of memory allocated for the IEEE 1284 parallel port buffer You can specify between 1 and 16 Kbytes in 1 Kbyte increments The default is 16K NOTE H Series products have a range of 1 to 256 and a default of 64K Auto Trickle Auto Trickle is used to prevent a host computer from timing out because the parallel interface was busy for too long When Auto Trickle is enabled and the printer s buffers are almost full the printer will begin to trickle data in at the rate set in the Trickle Time menu until the buffers start to empty Trickle Time When the printer is printing data from a host and a second job is received by the printer from a different host Trickle Time prevents the second host from timing out while it is waiting for its data to be printed In order to support this feature the port has to be able to accept data from the host and store it for future use For example if the printer is printing a job from the serial port and then receives a second print job from the parallel port the data from the parallel port will trickle bit by bit into the printer buffer to prevent a timeout error from being sent back to the host connected to the parallel port The selected value is the time that the printer waits before
116. an User See User Manual communicating with the PCI card in PCI slot J13 This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or problem in the PCI bus Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solution ERROR WRONG No The SPX inserted in the Contact your authorized service OEM debug port is not intended representative for this model printer or this OEM ERROR WRONG No The SPX inserted in the Contact your authorized service PRINTER TYPE debug port is not intended representative for this model printer or this OEM ETHERNET N A Status message indicating No action is required DETECTED that the Network Interface Card has established connection ETHERNET No Status message the internal No action is required INITIALIZING Network Interface Card is processing the boot procedure May occur with older versions of microcode HOO PCI SLOT No The controller board is not Contact your authorized service See User Manual communicating with a PCI representative card This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or problem in the PCI bus H01 PCI J12 No The controller board is not Contact your authorized service See User Manual communicating with the PCI representative card in PCI slot J12 This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or problem in the PCI bus H02 PCI J13 No The controller board is not Contact your authorized service representative 234
117. an automatic carriage return when a Line Feed command is received The next print position will be the current print position of the next line e LF CR LF Forces an automatic carriage return with each Line Feed command received The next print position is print position 1 of the next line FF Valid at TOF e Enable default Performs a form feed when the host sends a Form Feed command and the printer is at the top of form e Disable Will not perform a form feed when the host sends a Form Feed command and the printer is at the top of form 103 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Character Set Specifies a character set as shown in the Proprinter XL Character Sets Menu on page 105 To use one of these sets choose the desired group heading such as European Sets and press ENTER Then choose the desired set within that group such as Roman 8 and press ENTER Both the group and the desired set will be starred to indicate your selection The UTF 8 selection allows printing of UTF 8 encoded Unicode Character sets are shown in detail in the Character Sets Reference Manual Alt Char Set This option determines if data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F should be interpreted as a control code or as a printable character e Set 1 default Interprets data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F as a control code e Set 2 Prints data for the characters at hex locations 03 04 05 06 15 and 80 through 9F
118. and behind the ribbon mask but in front of the existing paper See Figure 4 on page 19 for the ribbon mask location If necessary gently press the existing paper back 7 Align the top edge of the new paper with the top perforation of the existing paper 8 Load the new paper over the existing paper Open and load the tractors one at a time to prevent the paper from slipping NOTE Make sure that the top edge of the new paper lines up with the top horizontal perforation of the last page 28 Reload Paper Vertical Position Knob JA lt J Paper Thickness Indicator 183445b a er Stop Platen Lever Platen Stop Knob es Figure 8 Setting the Platen Lever 9 Turn the platen stop knob clockwise or counterclockwise to match the paper thickness The A B C scale corresponds approximately to 1 3 and 6 part paper thickness NOTE If you are using the same thickness of paper there is no need to readjust 10 Lower the platen lever until it stops 11 Press ON LINE CLEAR to remove the LOAD PAPER fault message from the display 12 Press PAPER ADVANCE several times to make sure the paper feeds properly beyond the tractors and over the lower paper guide Feed sufficient paper to ensure the paper stacks correctly 13 Close the printer top cover Close the cabinet front door 14 Press ON LINE CLEAR to place the printer in online mode and resume printing 29 Chapt
119. and operation of the printer NOTE Your authorized service representative will typically run the tests They are described in more detail in the Maintenance Manual e Shift Recycle A sliding alphanumeric pattern which identifies missing or malformed characters improper vertical alignment or vertical compression e All E s A pattern of all uppercase E s which identifies missing characters misplaced dots smeared characters improper phasing problems or light dark character variations e E s TOF A pattern of all E s followed by a form feed to the next page top of form which identifies paper motion or feeding problems 155 Chapter 4 156 CAUTION DIAGNOSTICS All H s A pattern of all uppercase H s used to detect missing characters misplaced dots smeared characters or improper phasing e All Underlines An underline pattern useful for identifying hammer bank misalignment e All Black A condition where all dot positions are printed creating a solid black band e Shuttle Slow Verifies proper operation by exercising shuttle and ribbon motion at low speed e Shuttle Fast Verifies proper operation by exercising shuttle and ribbon motion at fast speed e Shuttle Only Exercises only the shuttle at fast speed e Phase Printer Checks for wavy print The initial phase value is set in the factory Run the test and check the quality The phase value prints on the left margin If the print looks too wavy c
120. ange is from 1023 to 65535 158 5 Overview Interfaces IMPORTANT This chapter describes the host interfaces provided with the printer The printer interface is the point where the data line from the host computer plugs into the printer The interface processes all communications signals and data to and from the host computer Plus with the Auto Switching feature you can configure the printer to accept several interfaces at the same time see Auto Switching Submenu on page 67 To comply with Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC regulatory requirements all electrical signal interface cables connected to this printer must be of a minimal quality level be of the correct length and be properly installed The RS 232 port and parallel port interface cables must meet the following specifications e The cable design must be double shielded with a copper braid over an aluminum mylar foil and not just a conductive foil spiral wrapped around a drain wire e The shield must terminate coaxially 360 degrees to a metal connector housing and not be terminated by just a simple wire lead e The cable length including connectors must be 3 meters or less e The cable connector anchor screws must be securely seated into the printer receptor hardware For reference purposes only two specific Centronics parallel port cables that have been tested and found to comply with these requirements are Belkin part number F2A046 10 and P
121. aproducts Parallel Interface Signals Data Lines 1 through 8 Provides eight standard or inverted levels from the host that specify character data plot data or a control code Data Line 8 allows access to the extended ASCII character set You can enable or disable this line via the Data Bit 8 parameter on the Dataproducts submenu see page page 71 Data Strobe Carries a high true pulse from the host when data is ready The data strobe remains high until the Data Request line goes false The active edge of the strobe signal can be configured as leading middle default or trailing Paper Instruction Pl Carries a DVFU signal from the host with the same timing and polarity as the data lines Ready Carries a high true signal from the printer when AC power and DC voltages are present paper is loaded properly and the printer is not in a check condition Online Carries a high true signal from the printer when the Ready Line is true and the ON LINE key on the control panel has been pressed When the printer is in online mode it may accept data from the host Demand Data Request Carries a high true signal from the printer when the printer is ready to accept character data from the host This signal changes to false shortly after the leading edge of the data strobe signal Cable Verify Two pins on the interface connector are jumpered together to allow the user to verify proper installation of the interface connector Buffer Clear
122. arance This example is printed with proportional spacing enabled Bold Print e Disable default Text is printed normally e Enable Text is printed with a heavy line thickness Italic Print e Disable default Text is printed normally e Forward Slant Text is printed with a forward slant e Backward Slant Text is printed with a backward slant Slashed Zero This parameter allows you to print the numeral O with or without the slash This option applies to all character sets except OCR A and OCR B e Disable default Zero is printed without a slash e Enable Zero is printed with a slash LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Text Position Specifies where the text will be positioned in the line space When set to Top of Line text will be positioned at the top of the line space When set to Bottom of Line the text will be positioned as if it were at the bottom of a 6 Ipi line space The following example shows both Top of Line and Bottom of Line text positions Dot Row Top of Linespace 4 2 ANOaARW Bottom of 8 LPI Linespace 9 10 11 Bottom of 6 LPI Linespace12 Text Position Text Position Top of Line Bottom of Line Page Format Form Length Forms length is the number of lines that can be printed on a page You can set the form length in inches millimeters mm or as a function of the current Ipi lines per inch Form Width The form width can be specified in inches millimeters or
123. are Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E04B ISI DIRECT Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E04C ISI PROTEC Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E06 NOT ALIGNED Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E07 ILLEGAL INS Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the prin
124. ata does not have any End of Text codes XON XOFF is a non block protocol ETX ACK End of Text Acknowledge The host controls the flow of communication to the printer by sending a block of data and ending the block with an End of Text ETX signal When the printer receives the ETX signal it will acknowledge the ETX thereby acknowledging it has received the entire block of data ACK NAK ACK means acknowledge the device acknowledges it has accepted a transmission NAK means negative acknowledge the device did not receive the transmission SERIES1 1 CHAR The printer controls the flow of communication from the host by turning the transmission on and off using response characters sent to the host If the number of valid bytes in the buffer reaches 75 percent of the buffer size the online or offline and buffer full response character is sent If the buffer is completely full an online or offline buffer full response is sent every time a character is sent from the host Whenever the printer state changes to online or offline the appropriate response character is sent If the idle response option is enabled the printer will send a response character every two seconds while the number of valid bytes in the buffer is less than 75 percent of the buffer size If a poll character is received configurable from the Poll Character xx Hex option on the front panel from hex 0 through FF the printer will send a response character n millisecon
125. ataproducts is a registered trademark of Dataproducts Corporation EIA is a registered service mark of the Electronic Industries Association Epson is a registered trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation IEEE is a registered service mark of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc QMS is a registered trademark and Code V is a trademark of Quality Micro Systems Inc TUV is a registered certification mark of TUV Rheinland of North America Inc UL is a registered certification mark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc ENERGY STAR is a registered trademark of the United States Environmental Protection Agency As an ENERGY STAR Partner Printronix has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency 1 Table of Contents HT OCUCUOM has esscancAsnsceted E 9 Printer OV IVIOW siis iirinn inan eina dents iin e aaa eaae aa 9 Printronix N7000 and N7000 H Series Cartridge Ribbon Printers CRP Series 9 Consumable Monitoring with PrintNet Enterprise cceseeeeees 11 Graphics Enhancements cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeees 11 Taking Care of Your Printer ccccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeseneeeseeeeseaeeseeneeeees 11 Conventions in this M nual cccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeseaeeeteaeeeseneeeees 11 Warnings and Special Information ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeneee
126. ation makes it easy to create forms or labels with the preprinted look for each application VGL programs control all graphics functions dramatically reducing host computer programming and processing time Graphics capabilities include boxes vertical and horizontal solid and dashed lines with a variety of thickness logos and special alphanumeric print features Variable Barcodes allow the barcode for your application to print with standard or user defined ratios in vertical or horizontal orientations Available barcodes are Codabar Code 39 Code 93 Code 128 with Subsets A B and C and Code EAN UCC 128 EAN 8 EAN 13 Interleaved 2 of 5 MSI UPC A UPC E POSTNET PostBar Royal Mail and UPC Shipping POSTNET is available only in the horizontal direction A dark print mode is included for darker high contrast barcodes The IBARC barcode command prints barcodes in four orientations horizontal rotated 90 rotated 180 or rotated 270 degrees Expanded and Compressed Print draws attention where needed Alphanumeric height and width are controlled independently for a tremendous range of character sizes up to 9 9 inches wide and tall Several compressed print sizes are available 12 13 33 15 17 65 and 20 cpi permitting up to 170 columns in an 8 5 inch printed area 20 cpi Rotated Alphanumerics permit new concepts in form design Normal expanded and compressed character strings can be rotated 90 degrees clockwise countercloc
127. b See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32C CND 2 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 191 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program Displayed Message Bonnet Explanation Solution E32D CND 3 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32E CND 4 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation progra
128. c o Printronix Nederland BV Bijsterhuizen 11 38 6546 AS Nijmegen The Netherlands Phone 31 24 6489489 Fax 31 24 6489499 Printronix Schweiz GmbH 42 Changi South Street 1 Changi South Industrial Estate Singapore 486763 Phone 65 6542 0110 Fax 65 6546 1588 Printronix Commercial Shanghai Co Ltd 22F Eton Building East No 555 Pudong Av Shanghai City 200120 P R China Phone 86 400 886 5598 Fax 86 21 5138 0564 Visit the Printronix web site at www printronix com 2 Setting Up The Printer Before You Begin Read this chapter carefully before installing and operating the printer The printer is easy to install However for your safety and to protect valuable equipment perform all the procedures in this chapter in the order presented Power Requirements The printer must be connected to a power outlet that supplies 88 to 270 volts AC The printer automatically senses and adjusts itself to conform to the correct voltage range Primary circuit protection is provided by the power switch which is also a circuit breaker Consult an electrician if printer operation affects local electrical lines IMPORTANT Printer power should be supplied from a separate AC circuit protected at 10 amperes for 100 120 volts or 5 amperes for 200 240 volts at 50 or 60 Hertz Select a Site Select a printer site that meets all of the following requirements Permits complete opening of the printer cover and d
129. cial Function Control Character SFCC The SFCC denotes that the following data is an IGP command e 7E the default e 1 FF NOTE Available for N7000 STD firmware only VGL SFCC You can specify which hex code 1 FF will be used as the Special Function Control Character SFCC The SFCC denotes that the following data is an IGP command e 5E default e 1 FF NOTE Available for N7000 STD firmware only Printer Protocol Select the LinePrinter protocol you wish to use Form Length Form length is the number of lines that can be printed on a page You can set the form length in inches millimeters mm or as a function of the current Ipi lines per inch Form Width The form width can be specified in inches millimeters or as a function of the current cpi characters per inch The forms width set should not exceed the actual paper width Select CPI This parameter allows you to specify the characters per inch cpi values The options are 10 0 12 0 13 3 15 0 17 1 and 20 0 The factory default is 10 0 CPI NOTE Values 13 3 15 0 17 1 and 20 0 are not available on N7H Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected 61 Chapter 4 62 Main Menu Select LPI This parameter allows you to specify the lines per inch lpi values The options are 6 0 8 0 and 10 3 LPI The factory default is 6 0 LPI NOTE 10 3 LPI is available on N7000 STD firmware only P Series SFCC This parameter allows you to select whic
130. commands when the PI signal is true Data Polarity The Data Polarity parameter must be set to match the data polarity of your host computer e Standard default Does not expect the host computer to invert the data Inverted Expects the data received on the data lines from the host computer to be inverted Ones become zeros and vice versa 69 Chapter 4 70 HOST INTERFACE Resp Polarity The Resp Polarity parameter must be set to match the response polarity of your host computer e Standard default Does not invert the response signal e Inverted Inverts the response signal sent to the host computer Busy On Strobe e Enable default Asserts a busy signal after each character is received e Disable Asserts a busy signal only when the print buffers are full Latch Data On Specifies whether the data is read on the leading or trailing edge of the data strobe signal The default is leading Prime Signal e Enable default The parallel port will perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal e Disable The parallel port will not perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal TOF Action e Reset default A form feed is performed before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the host This setting is used only if the prime signal parameter is enabled e Do Nothing Nothing occurs before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the h
131. cord the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 221 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E04C ISI PROTEC See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E06 NOT ALIGNED See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E07 ILLEGAL INS See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 222 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H S
132. ct your authorized service voltage failure on the representative controller board 604 48V CIRCUIT No Either the power supply is Contact your authorized service See User Manual not generating a proper 48 representative Volts or the controller board is not detecting a 48 Volt output from the power supply board 605 48V PWR FAIL No Internal power failure Contact your authorized service representative 606 Power 8 5V No 8 5 Volt power failed Contact your authorized service CHECK Internal power failure representative 607 CTL VOLT FAIL No Controller Voltage Failure Contact your authorized service 15 V failure on the controller representative board 608 DRIVER CIRCUIT No Driver Circuit Bad The Contact your authorized service BAD hammer coil count test failed representative 209 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Bebe Explanation Solution 609 EXHAUST FAN Yes Sensors cannot detect Power off the printer and remove CHECK current in fan circuit the paper path see Cabinet model only Maintenance Manual Check that the fan cable connector is connected Check for obstruction of vents and fan airway and remove any obstructions Check for items beneath the printer blocking cabinet vents Power back on the printer If this message appears again contact your authorized service representative 6
133. d The EOJ End of Job packet is acknowledged immediately Use this selection if the job is timed out due to a delay in the acknowledgement of the EOJ packet because of the amount of data being printed e Off No job synchonization between the NIC and the printer 83 Chapter 4 ACTIVE IGP EMUL N7000 STD ACTIVE IGP EMUL N7000 STD IMPORTANT Factory Default ACTIVE IGP EMUL from page 58 IGP PGL IGP VGL This ACTIVE IGP EMUL function allows you to activate the desired emulation There are two methods for selecting the desired emulation The first is by selecting the emulation directly from the printer menu The second is by sending a host command which will switch the emulation automatically see the appropriate Programmer s Reference Manual for details When changing from one emulation to the other the printer will load the power up configuration and the new emulation parameters Any configuration settings performed before selecting these emulations that are not saved in NVRAM will be lost To configure an IGP emulation the IGP emulation must be selected in the ACTIVE IGP EMUL menu The IGP emulation that is not selected will not appear in the EMULATION menu see Main Menu on page 57 EMULATION 84 EMULATION from page 58 The EMULATION menu allows you to select the emulation to be used with your printer The Proprinter XL Epson FX P Series P Series XQ and Serial Matrix emu
134. d Parameter Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PLAT INV STATE No Platen Invalid State Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PLEASE WAIT N A Status message the No action is required RESET IN printer finished loading PROGRESS the program into flash 200 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting P Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio POWER SUPPLY HOT Yes Power supply sensors Check printer environment If hot or report high temperatures dusty relocate printer Contact your authorized service representative if this occurs frequently PRINTER HOT Yes This message indicates Check printer environment If hot or internal temperatures dusty relocate printer Contact your over 60 Celsius 140 authorized service representative if Fahrenheit this occurs frequently PRINTER UNDER No Status message The No action is required REMOTE CONTROL printer is under the control of PrintNet Enterprise PNE remote management software PROTECTED INSTR No Protected Instruction Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PWR SUPP VOLT No Power Supply Voltage Replace power supply board The power supply has failed RBN AT END POINT Yes Integrated
135. d and is either back online or offline Set Sharing This option allows character sets to be shared between the active LP protocol and the active IGP emulation Changing characters sets in LP causes the active IGP to change to the same character set if the selected set exists in IGP If the active IGP has no access to the selected set no changes are made Selecting a new character set in the active IGP causes the LP to change to the same character set if the selected character set exists in the active LP protocol Not all sets are shared between emulations in the Standard group of character sets As a result selecting a set in the Standard group of LP or IGP emulation may or may not cause the other emulation to have the same set NOTE The Set Sharing front panel option has no effect on the LP builds The option only applies to the builds with IGP Shuttle Timeout The amount of time the shuttle continues moving after no data is received If your host is slow setting the number to a higher value will prevent the printer from spending time shuttling up and down between data bursts Slow Paper Slew e Disable default The paper will slew and stack paper at maximum speed e Enable Causes the paper to stack at a slower rate This ensures that certain forms will stack neatly Alarm e On default An audible alarm sounds 3 beeps when a fault occurs such as a paper jam e Cont Beep A continuous audible alarm sounds wh
136. de should be set if you want the highest speed e High The emulation prints at 120 x 72 dpi but all alphanumerics and barcodes are automatically printed in dark mode e Best The emulation prints at 120 x 144 dpi and dark mode which produces a higher resolution better looking print image Power on S Mode This option instructs the PGL to behave similarly to older versions of the IGP with respect to certain commands All new users with new applications should select 0 the default option Selecting this mode insures the printer will behave as described in this manual Power on S Mode sets the printer in an SMODE compatibility state at power up The default is 0 disabled no power on mode To use this feature select a mode from 1 through 5 which puts IGP PGL in an SMODE state according to the compatibility mode set If the compatibility mode set is None then MVP is assumed by default For more information see the GP PGL Programmer s Reference Manual Trunc Dyn Data This submenu allows the user to truncate the dynamic data up to the maximum data length specified in Create Mode e Disable default If the dynamic data exceeds the maximum data length an error will report e Enable If the dynamic data exceeds the maximum data length the data truncates IGP PGL Submenu Error Report Sets the error reporting capability for IGP PGL forms On default Form boundary error checking reported Any element which
137. dels with the Quick Access Cover refer to the Quick Setup Guide for paper exiting options Press PAPER ADVANCE several times to make sure the paper feeds properly beyond the tractors and over the lower paper guide Feed sufficient paper to ensure the paper stacks correctly Cabinet models Open the cabinet rear door Make sure the paper is aligned with the label in the output area inside the cabinet Close the front and rear doors TOF Indicator bo erforation Vertical Position Knob Figure 14 Aligning the Perforation with the TOF Indicator 27 Align the top of the first print line with the TOF indicator on the tractor by rotating the vertical position knob For best print quality it is recommended that the top of form be set at least one print line or more below the perforation NOTE For exact positioning press the VIEW EJECT key to move the last data printed to the tractor area for viewing While in View mode Printer in View displays Press the Up or Down Arrow keys to move the paper vertically in small increments Pressing the VIEW EJECT key a second time moves the paper back to the adjusted print position The key works both online and offline provided that the printer is in View mode This procedure is applicable for both the cabinet and pedestal models Reload Paper Vertical Position Knob o JA Paper Thickness C Indicator 183445b Platen Stop Platen Lever
138. desired parameter displays Simp Chinese OR 14 ENTER Display Language The indicates this choice is active Simp Chinese 15 ENTER SWITCH Locks the ENTER key LI gt LOCKED 16 ON LINE CLEAR ENTER Save Press ENTER to automatically save ONLINE No Save configuration changes Press ONLINE to continue without saving 17A ENTER Cfg 1 Configuration changes have been saved as Power Up Cfg Configuration 1 and will be set as the 4 Power Up config The printer will then be brought online 17B ON LINE CLEAR ONLINE Places the printer online without Ribbon Life 100 permanently saving the configuration l changes 18 The printer is ready for operation 49 Chapter 4 50 Configuration Overview Auto Save Configuration After any changes are made to the Factory Default configuration menu items you will be prompted to save the changes to Config when you place the printer online represents the next available unassigned configuration number When prompted press one of the following e Enter Saves to Config 1 or the next available Config and becomes the power up config e Online Changes will be implemented but saved only temporarily until deliberately saved as a new configuration or until you power off the printer All changes will be lost when you power off the printer Saving Your New Configuration The Save Config option allows you to save up to eigh
139. determines when the Data Terminal Ready DTR signal is generated This signal indicates if the printer is ready to receive data e True default Continuously asserts the DTR signal e On Line and BNF buffer not full Asserts the DTR signal when the printer is online and the internal serial buffer is not full e Off Line or BF buffer full Asserts the DTR signal when the printer is offline or the internal serial buffer is full e OnLine Asserts the DTR signal when the printer is online e False Never asserts the DTR signal Request To Send This configuration is part of hardware flow control and determines when the Request to Send RTS signal is generated This signal indicates whether or not the printer is ready to receive data e On Line and BNF default Asserts the RTS signal when the printer is online and the internal serial buffer is not full e Off Line or BF Asserts the RTS signal when the printer is offline or the internal serial buffer is full e On Line Asserts the RTS signal when the printer is online e False Never asserts the RTS signal e True Continuously asserts the RTS signal 77 Chapter 4 78 HOST INTERFACE Buffer Size in K This option configures the amount of memory allocated for the serial port buffer You may specify between 1 and 16 Kbytes in 1 Kbyte increments The default is 16K NOTE H Series products have a range of 1 to 256 and a default of 64K If you select a baud rate
140. dition Setting this parameter correctly prevents printing on the platen System Memory Displays the amount of RAM installed IGP VGL Submenu Print Statistics You can view various printer statistics and refer to them for preventive maintenance purposes Printer statistics accumulate continuously they do not reset when you turn off the printer All of the printer statistics are set to zero at the factory after burn in testing e On The cumulative time in hours the printer has been powered on The range is 0 to 30 000 hours e Print The cumulative time in hours the printer has actually been printing The range is 0 to 30 000 hours e Print Strokes The cumulative number of back and forth shuttle strokes the printer has printed during normal printer operation The range is 0 to 2 147 483 647 shuttle strokes e Print Lines The cumulative number of lines the printer has printed The range is 0 to 2 147 483 647 print lines e 11 inch Pages The cumulative number of pages the printer has printed The range in print pages is 0 to 2 147 483 647 total inches of paper movement divided by 11 e Poweron Pages The number of pages printed since power up Software Build Displays the part number and version of the printer firmware Feature File Displays the part number of the file if one has been downloaded to the printer Shuttle Type Displays the type of shuttle installed i e 2000s 1500 1000 500 300H 600H or 800H 15
141. dress 81 MAC address 81 Subnet mask 81 ETHERNET DETECTED message 195 234 ETHERNET INITIALIZING message 196 234 ETHERNET PARAMETERS menu ASCII data port 82 Ethernet speed 83 Job Control 83 Keep alive timer 83 NetBIOS protocol 82 ETHERNET PARAMS menu 82 Ethernet speed Ethernet Parameters menu 83 EXCESS RBN WEAR message 196 EXHAUST FAN FLT message 196 Expanded Font 129 138 Ext Execute Copy 125 Exterior cleaning 173 E00 EXE ADDRO message 184 217 E01A TYPE 0x40 message 184 217 E01B TYPE 0x60 message 185 218 E02 MACHINE CHK message 185 218 E03A DSI HASH L message 185 218 E03B DSI HASH S message 185 219 E03C DSI BAT PL message 185 219 E03D DSI BAT message 186 219 EO3E DSI CXIWX message 186 220 E03F DSI CKOWX message 186 220 E03G DSI ECXIWX message 186 220 E03H DSI ECXOWX message 186 221 E04A ISI NO TRA message 187 221 E04B ISI DIRECT message 187 221 E04C ISI PROTEC message 187 222 E06 NOT ALIGNED message 187 222 E07 ILLEGAL INS message 187 222 E08 FLOATINGPNT message 188 223 E12 SYSTEM CALL message 188 223 E13 TRACE INT message 188 223 E16 ITRANS MISS message 188 224 276 E17 DLOAD MISS message 188 224 E18 DSTORE MISS message 189 224 E19 BREAKPOINT message 189 225 E20 SYS MANAGE message 189 225 E30 DEBUGGER message 189 225 E31A EVENT 0 BP message 189 226 E31B EVENT 1 BP message 190 226 E31C EVENT 2 BP message 190 226 E31D EVENT 3 BP message 190
142. ds later configurable from the Poll Character xx MS on the front panel from 0 through 30 This n milliseconds is called the poll delay The poll character will be removed from the input data stream and will not be processed This may cause problems with the transmission of binary data e g control codes bit image etc If a poll delay is started due to the receipt of a poll character and another poll character is received the second poll character has no effect and is removed from the input data stream If a transition from buffer full to empty or online to offline occurs during a poll delay the new printer state will be sent at the end of the poll delay 75 Chapter 4 76 HOST INTERFACE The response characters are described in Table 2 Table 2 Series1 1 Char Response Characters Printer State Response Online and Buffer Empty CR Online and Buffer Full 3 Offline and Buffer Empty 0 Offline and Buffer Full 2 e SERIES1 2 CHAR This protocol behaves exactly the same as the Series1 Char except there is a two character response to the host The response characters are described in Table 3 Table 3 Series1 2 Char Response Characters Printer State Response Online and Buffer Empty 1CR Online and Buffer Full 3 CR Offline and Buffer Empty OCR Offline and Buffer Full 2 CR e DTR The printer controls the data flow by sending this hardware signal to the host If there is enough r
143. dure reloads paper without removing the last sheet of the old paper supply while retaining the current top of form setting J a 1 Wire Les Guide 2 Paper Paper Slot Slot a Metal Paper Guide 2000 Ipm and 805 Ipm correat amr Cabinet Model Pedestal Model Figure 6 Paper Slot Location 1 Raise the printer cover Raise the platen lever as far as it will go See Figure 4 on page 19 for the location of the lever 2 Press ON LINE CLEAR to turn off the alarm Do not open the tractor doors or remove the existing paper 3 For cabinet models open the front door Align the paper supply with the label on the floor Ensure the paper pulls freely from the box 4 Feed the paper up through the paper slot see Figure 6 It may be easier to feed one corner of the new paper up through the slot first When this corner can be grasped from the top rotate the paper back to the normal position NOTE If you are using thick multi part forms and are unable to load the new paper over the existing paper go to step 15 5 Hold the paper to prevent it from slipping down and through the paper slot 27 Chapter 3 _ Operational Procedures New Paper Existing Paper Figure 7 Loading New Paper into the Printer 6 Pull the new paper above
144. e INTAKE FAN FAULT Yes Sensors cannot detect Cycle power If the message current in fan circuit appears press CLEAR If the message does not clear contact your authorized service representative INTERRUPT UNUSED No The controller board Cycle power If this message VECTOR 00 receives an interrupt it occurred once and never again you does not understand The can ignore it If the message problem can be created reappears or appears consistently by electrical noise by a contact your authorized service software problem or bya representative hardware problem LO DRV SHORT No Lower Driver Short Contact your authorized service bank or in the hammer bank power cable shorted to ground LOAD PAPER Yes Printer is out of paper Load paper and press CLEAR 198 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution LOADING PROGRAM FROM PORT XX No Status message the new emulation program is loading into printer RAM XX indicates how much of the program has loaded No action is required LOADING PROGRAM INTO FLASH No The printer has deleted the previous program from flash memory and is loading the new program into flash memory No action is required NEW SPX DETECTED PRESS ENTER No The printer detects an SPX installed at the debug port and the SPX is valid for the
145. e 204 WELD RESET ERROR message 205 WELD SNSR MISSING message 205 Width Limit 139 Word Length Serial submenu 77 Z Zero Tear Pedestal ZTP adjust paper guides 248 clear paper jams 257 forms type 256 load paper 250 menu 255 overview 247 paper jams 257 position paper 248 position paper out sensor 252 set tear bar distance 253 set top of form 254 ZTP Data Time 255 ZTP Function 255 ZTP Platen Open 256 ZTP TearDistance 255 ZTP Wait Time 255 ZTP Data Time 255 ZTP DataTime 60 ZTP Function 255 ZTP Platen Open 256 ZTP TearDist 60 ZTP TearDistance 255 ZTP Wait Time 255 ZTP WaitTime 60 000 SHUTTLE TYPE NOT SUPPORTED message 206 104 POWER SUPPLY HOT message 206 105 PRINTER HOT message 206 15V PWR FAIL message 179 20 CPI Condensed 118 Epson FX Emulation 107 Proprinter XL Emulation 104 23 5V PWR FAIL message 179 401 BUFFER OVERRUN message 206 402 CLEAR PAPER JAM message 206 403 CLOSE PLATEN message 206 409 FRAMING ERROR message 206 410 LOAD PAPER message 206 411 PARITY ERROR message 207 414 RIBBON STALL message 207 415 SHUTTLE JAM message 207 416 STACKER FULL message 207 417 STACKER JAM message 207 418 RBN INK LOW message 207 419 RBN INK OUT message 207 420 EXC RBN WEAR message 207 423 OLD RIBBON message 207 424 UNKNOWN RBN1 message 208 425 UNKNOWN RBN2 message 208 427 CRTG MISSING message 208 428 CRTG COMM ER message 208 432 CRT NOT SET message 208 435 NO
146. e matrix printing is Printronix s flagship technology and it remains the workhorse solution for supply chain and back office printing applications because of its reliability lower cost of ownership and flexibility of printing applications e Most reliable printer ever provides more up time and lower operating costs e Ultra capacity ribbons deliver darker image last longer and costs less to operate than other print technologies e Integrated print management system provides precise control over print quality print costs and job planning e Cabinet or Pedestal styles best user access and forms handling flexibility e Unsurpassed ease of use simplifies operation and enhances productivity Chapter 1 _ Printer Overview There are three printer configurations Enclosed Cabinet The enclosed cabinet models provide for near silent operation making these printers perfectly suitable for use in the quietest of office environments Provides the best paper handling for large print runs All paper input and output is contained inside the cabinet and protected from bumping and contamination Highly effective combination of moveable fences and chains allows for precise stacking all the way up to a full box of paper For tougher forms that tend not to refold well a SureStak power stacker option is available for the enclosed cabinet models Available in the following print speeds e STD printers 500 line per m
147. e 10 cpi Mult DP 10 cpi Mult DP 12 cpi Mult LQ 10 cpi Greek DP 10 cpi Greek DP 12 cpi Greek LQ 10 cpi Grap DP 10 cpi Grap LQ 10 cpi Sci DP 10 cpi Sci DP 12 cpi Sci LQ 10 cpi Printer Protocol from page 86 Proprinter XL Emulation Proprinter XL Emulation Factory Default Proprinter XL Define CR Auto LF Define LF FF valid at Character Alt Char 20 CPI Code Code TOF Set Set Condensed CR CR Enable LF LF Enable see page 105 Set 1 Enable CR CR LF Disable LF CR LF Disable Set 2 Disable Define CR Code This option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Carriage Return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex 0A into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not insert an extra line feed after each carriage return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra line feed after each carriage return Auto LF This option defines the printer action when print data is received past the forms width setting e Enable default Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width e Disable Discards any data past the forms width Define LF Code e LF LLF default Does not perform
148. e User Manual instruction was attempted in print job again If the the application program message appears load the latest emulation software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E01A TYPE 0x40 Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 217 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program s Can User h lution Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solutio E01B TYPE 0x60 Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E02 MACHINE CHK See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle po
149. e cartridge weld Contact your authorized service See User Manual circuitry lost power representative WELD SNSR MISSING Yes Weld sensor cannot be 1 Make sure that weld sensor is See User Manual detected by the system installed correctly 2 Contact your authorized service representative 1 Before contacting an authorized service representative power off the printer wait 15 seconds then power it back on and rerun your print job If the message reappears press CLEAR If the fault message still displays then contact your authorized service representative 205 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Displ M i i splayed Message Correct Explanation Solution 000 SHUTTLE TYPE No The shuttle type was not Contact your authorized service NOT SUPPORTED detected at power up or the representative shuttle installed in the printer is not supported by the firmware 104 POWER SUPPLY Yes Power supply sensors report Check printer environment If hot HOT high temperatures or dusty relocate printer Contact your authorized service representative if this occurs frequently 105 PRINTER HOT Yes This message indicates Check printer environment If hot internal temperatures over or dusty relocate printer 60 Celsius 140 Contact your authorized service Fahrenheit repr
150. e end of barcode data to meet minimum data length requirements for some barcodes Not all errors will be corrected Ignore DB8 Setup Following are several options which define character filtering and Data Bit 8 Ignore Chars e Disable default Character filtering is not enabled e Char 1 Character 1 will be filtered Select the option Ignore CH 1 to specify character 1 e Char 2 Character 2 will be filtered Select the option Ignore CH 2 to specify character 2 e Char 1 amp 2 Characters 1 amp 2 will be filtered Select the options Ignore CH 1 and Ignore CH 2 to specify values for these characters 141 Chapter 4 142 IGP VGL Emulation Ignore CH 1 Specifies character 1 for the character filtering option Valid decimal values are from 0 through 255 Ignore CH 2 Specifies character 2 for the character filtering option Valid decimal values are from 0 through 255 Data Bit 8 e Enable default The PI line is not passed directly from host to printer all 8 bits are used for data bits and characters in the hex 80 FF range can be accessed Disable When the host PI line is enabled Data Bit 8 internally indicates PI line status To use the PI line disable Data Bit 8 and enable the Host PI configuration option under the PI Control option below NOTE Data Bit 8 is interpreted as either Data Bit 8 or PI signal but never both When enabled as Data Bit 8 Data Bit 8 has prior
151. e precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this Lice
152. e printer caused by printing on the platen always position the left tractor unit directly to the left of the 1 mark on the paper scale 21 Normally you should not need to adjust the position of the left tractor If adjustment is necessary unlock the left tractor by placing the tractor lock in the middle position Slide the tractor until it is directly to the left of the number 1 on the paper scale and lock it You can also use the paper scale to count columns Reload Paper Tractor Door Figure 12 Loading Paper onto the Sprockets 22 Unlock the right tractor 23 Load the paper onto the sprockets and close the tractor door If necessary slide the right tractor to remove paper slack or to adjust for various paper widths Then lock the tractor AY s Upper Paper S Guide S N N T Upper Paper a S Er Wire Ch Guide 2 Paper Slot Ny aorreat aeevest oc Cabinet Model Pedestal Model Figure 13 Using the Paper Guide to Orient the Paper 33 Chapter 3 34 Operational Procedures 24 25 26 Pedestal models Using the vertical position knob to move the paper up guide the paper over the upper paper guide and through the slot to the rear of the top cover For pedestal mo
153. ear bar Run a finger along the back of the form along the tear bar to ensure the perforation is presented at the tear off point 7 Press the SET TOF button again The printer display will read Top Of Form Set Press ONLINE The printer will then be brought OFFLINE and the top of form will be set 8 Press the ON LINE CLEAR key to bring the printer online Set the Top of Form ZTP SETTINGS Menu The ZTP SETTINGS menu includes the ability to enable and disable features unique to the Zero Tear printer ZTP set the tear bar distance set the auto present data time and set the auto present wait time This section defines these options Factory Default 1 Available for Zero Tear Pedestal printers only ZTP SETTINGS from page 57 ZTP ZTP ZTP ZTP ZTP Function TearDistance Data Time Wait Time Platen Open Enable 1060 144 Inch 5 Sec 2 Sec Enable Disable 1 0 15 Sec 3 10 Sec Disable 1 Sec ZTP Function This option enables or disables all unique ZTP functions The default is Enable NOTE When the ZTP Function is enabled the View Eject key is disabled and Slow Paper Slew is enabled ZTP TearDistance This option sets the tear off distance from the current print position to the tear bar Adjustable values in increments of 1 144th of an inch range from 200 to 2880 The up and down arrows adjust the display value When you press the Enter key the selected value
154. ed and displays a ribbon out fault when ribbon life reaches 0 Ignore RBN End When this menu option is selected it overrides the ribbon low and ribbon out conditions i e no warning or fault messages is displayed and printing continues even after ribbon life reaches 0 However once the ribbon life reaches an excess wear condition as indicated by the fault message EXCESS RBN WEAR Install New RBN printing will stop and the user must install a new ribbon before printing can resume NOTE The excess ribbon wear is set to print for longer than the Lighter 10 Ribbon End Point setting DIAGNOSTICS IGP VGL Submenu DIAGNOSTICS from page 58 and 59 Factory Default 1 If a Feature File exists Printer Tests Test Width Paper Out System Print Dots Memory Statistics Shift Recycle Full Width 40 dots 32 Megabytes On 144 9 Hrs All E s 80 col 4 76 Print 8 3 Hrs E s TOF Print Strokes All H s 233441 All Underlines Print Lines All Black 28250 Shuttle Slow 11 inch Pages Shuttle Fast 614 Shuttle Only Poweron Pages Phase Printer 123 Paperout Adj Burnin Test Print Error Log Clear Error Log Ethernet Test Acoustics Demo Dice 5 Prnt Ribbon Log Checker Software Feature Shuttle Build File Type SW P N Ver P N of File 2000s Printer Tests These tests are used to check the print quality
155. ed at the end of the printable data field and a zero is encoded with the corresponding space in the end of the barcode e X2 DPD When selected an I 2 5 barcode with an X2 magnification will use the specially configured ratios 3 3 6 5 rather than 3 6 9 12 for compatibility issues e Modulo 7 CD The I 2 5 barcode uses a modulo 7 check digit instead of the default modulo 10 check digit Al 00 Spaces This option is designated for EAN UCC 128 barcodes whose application identifier Al is 00 e Disable default The printable data field is printed with the Al enclosed in parentheses This is the standard EAN UCC 128 format e Enable The printable data field is printed with the UCC fields separated by spaces This option is IGP X00 compatible IGP PGL Submenu Select SO Char Allows you to specify a decimal code from 0 through 255 to be used in place of SO Shift Out as the control code This allows access for the alternate set of control function characters See the description of the Code 128 barcodes in the IGP PGL Programmer s Reference Manual for details User Def Ratio e Enable default User defined ratios are accepted for barcodes This is the default e Disable User defined ratios are ignored and the magnification X1 is used in its place C39 Compatbl This menu makes the old method of decoding C39 alternative character set compatible with the new e Disable default Uses the current way of decoding e Enab
156. ed from the host computer as their corresponding uppercase equivalents uppercase characters received from the computer print as uppercase Slew Relative Slewing is rapid vertical paper movement This parameter determines the number of lines slewed either 1 15 lines or 1 16 lines when an EVFU Slew Relative command is received The options include e 1 15 Lines default e 1 16 Lines Serial Matrix Emulation Factory Default Serial Matrix Control Code Define CR Auto LF Overstrike Define LF Printer 06 Code Code Select 8 0 LPI CR CR Enable Enable LF LF Disable 10 3 LPI CR CR LF Disable Disable LF CR LF Enable 6 0 LPI Alt Set Character ESC d 80 9F Set command Control Code Printable see page 101 Even dot plot Double high Serial Matrix Emulation Control Code 06 Control Code 06 defines the function of ASCII code hex 06 ACK You can select an alternate line spacing of 6 8 or 10 3 LPI Define CR Code This option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Carriage Return code hex OD from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Carriage Return it inserts an additional Line Feed code hex 0A into the data stream Do not use this feature if the host computer sends line feeds to the printer e CR CR default Does not insert a
157. eeeeaeeseeeeeseeeesteaeeeseaeeens 58 N7000 H Series Firmware sseseseseesseseeeresrirssrersrrrsrrnssrrnsrennsrrenns 59 QUICK SETUP Menu Definitions 0 cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeaees 60 CONFIG CONTROL 0 ececceecceecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseaeeeseaeeeseaeeeseneeesaas 64 HOSTHINTERFAGE ues fice aaae Saati sete aa eda ate tea 66 Auto Switching SUDMENU ceecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeesaees 67 Centronics Parallel SUBMENU ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeteaaees 69 Dataproducts SUDMEMU c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeteaeeeseaeeeseaeeens 71 Serial SUBMENU aisn ia e neadi ea aadaki eaaet 74 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu eeeeseeeseeeeeeen 79 NETWORK SETUP Mem cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeeaeeeecaeesecaeeeeeeeeneaees 81 ETHERNET ADDRESS rinie ie eea aan ake aera ia eai 81 ETHERNET PARAMS o heee tected estaas aeann an aes 82 ACTIVE IGP EMUL N7000 STD 00 ecceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeteceeeeeaeeteaeeeeeeeees 84 EMULATION crinii Lk ole ek eet a aa ii 84 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesteeeneaees 85 P Series EMUulation issii iney aati raare aa taaa 91 P Series XQ Emulation sienito iseinean akea apa 96 Serial Matrix Emulation sseeeeeeeseeeeeesieerirtsrntsrnttrntsrrnsrrnerinsrrenns 98 Proprinter XL Emulation issus areno eri teia 103 Epson FX Emulator A A 106 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series
158. eeene 206 Table of Contents A Printer Specifications cccccccssssssssseeeeeeeeeeeeees 239 Ribbon Cartridge Specifications 0 ccccceceeeeseeseeeeeeneeseeeeseneeetenees 239 Paper SpeCifiCatiOns ss 2icst srcsseehseae ceases eat shecedlare Wetted tga aeo eaa inle 239 Labels EE EE E att a ae Ee ee et eee oe 240 Printer Weight and Dimensions cece cence eee eeeeeeeeeetnaeeeeetenaeeeeenee 240 Environmental Characteristics cccccceessceseeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeesenees 240 Acoustic Noise Level cccccceeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeesenaeeeeeeeaaeeeeneeaeeeeerenaees 241 Energy Static carat anil elie ani eal antl 241 Electrical Characteristics 0 c ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeeeneees 242 INteracCesisi 3 cisies la dea OSAA A AA 243 Printing Ratos annoiare a a a e a Ee 243 ASCII Character Set ccccccccecceeeeessssssseeeeees 245 C Zero Tear Pedestal Printer 247 OVEIVIOW Sesrscecesedreshanndasbensculapierh siete tts teeta dexter nian cea dlaees as 247 COS FAI ON sac anasa aa aaa a aE a eia 248 Position the Paper Input and Adjust the Paper Guides 248 Load Papot caeiie nA E e A EE ESERE 250 Position the Paper Out SenSor seeeeeeeeeeeseeeerreerirsrrreerresernsne 252 Set the Tear Bar Distance c ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeaeeeetaeeeeaas 253 Set the Top Of FOr 0 ccccccccceceeeeeseneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeessaeeseaas 254 ZEP
159. ees 12 Related Documents 0 eeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaaeeeeeteaaeeeetenaaeeeerteaa 12 Contact Information meaane i eee tae aae eet bo aetna 13 Printronix Customer Support Center ccceceeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeteneeeees 13 Printronix Supplies Department ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeseees 13 Corporate OFFICES ceeeeececeeceeneeeceneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaeeenaeeeseeeeseaaeeseaaees 14 Setting Up The Printer cccccccsecssssssessseeeeeees 15 Before You Begins icvisicscveres case sofia a E aN r T ARE 15 Power Requirements cccceeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeeaaeeeeene 15 Select amp Site cece cecececesececeseeeeeeeesesaeeeeaaneseeceseneeeseneneessasesseaeeessaneeees 15 Printer Dimensions sree a A uae ey 16 Printer Component Locations c cccecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeieeeseaees 19 Operating The Printer ssesssessesssseesrerrrerrrrr reenn 21 Powering on the Printer nisreen en Tea a a a 21 Operating Modes cccceccecececeeeeeeeeeceaeeseaaeeseaeeeseeeeeeaeeeseaeeeteaeeeteeeetes 21 The Control Panel c ccccccceeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeneeeseaaeeseaeeseaeeeseaeeeseeeeteneeeees 22 Control Panel KeYS c ccccsceseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeeeneeeseeeeseeeessaaees 23 Cancel Print Jobsin taia a donaandtianbemnenieciastst 26 Operational ProC Cures cc ccccsceceseeeeeceeteeeeeseaeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeaas 27 Reload Fapt coina aA
160. eived and enables the printer when a DC3 control code is received Character Set This parameter selects a character set for the Epson emulation when LQ1600K is selected and for OKI emulation when OKI is selected 20 CPI Condensed Compressed print characters are narrower than the normal character set This is helpful for applications for which you need to print the maximum amount of information on a page e Enable Prints about 60 percent of the width of normal characters when compressed print is chosen by the host computer For example a 12 CPI Draft font will compress to 20 CPI e Disable Does not compress print widths even if condensed print is chosen by the host NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected Alt Set 80 9F e Control Code Interprets data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F as a control code e Printable Prints data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected 118 OKI Menu Currency Sign e RMB Select The ASCII code hex 24 is printed as a RMB character in DBCS mode Default for GB e Select The ASCII code hex 24 is printed as a dollar character in DBCS mode NOTE Available for H Series GB firmware with LQ1600K selected only AR3240 e Disable AR3240 emulation does not take effect Default e Enable AR3240 takes effect SUB 0x1A is used as another SFCC
161. en a fault occurs which can be stopped by pressing CLEAR e Off No audible alarm will sound 151 Chapter 4 152 ADVANCED USER Power Saver Time The time interval you specify for this parameter sets the amount of idle time before the printer goes into Power Saver mode When Instant is chosen the printer goes into Power Saver mode as soon as it is able to stop the shuttle properly The time allotted to perform this function depends upon the shuttle timeout value which can be set in the menu NOTE Power Saver Mode will not be shown on the control panel even though the function still exists Sending a print job to the printer will turn off Power Saver mode Pwr Save Control Allows you to enable or disable the Power Save Energy Star mode e Enable default Allows you to enable the Power Save Energy Star mode Disable Allows you to disable the Power Save Energy Star mode Cancel Key e Disable default e Enable The CANCEL key may be used to clear all data in the print buffer without printing any of the data Rev Status Port This option defines the interface being used to receive the emulation status command e Automatic default When selected the status command is sent to the printer with the print data through the active host interface e Serial When selected the status command is sent to the printer through the serial interface regardless of the active host interface Ret Status Port
162. enus To manipulate configurations review the following instructions about navigating through the menus You must be offline to move within the menus ON LINE CLEAR Press to toggle between ONLINE and OFFLINE Menus are i accessed with the printer offline Press to move up or down through the menu levels 3G Press to scroll through the available choices on a chosen level wv D ENTER Press to confirm selection Press to lock and unlock the ENTER key The ENTER key is locked by default to prevent you from accidentally changing the printer configuration The lock and unlock function can be configured to be other than A V See Set Lock Key on page 153 e9 To experiment with navigating the menus use the example on the next page as a tutorial Changing Parameters Example Changing Parameters Example OFFLINE Factory Default QUICK __ CONFIG SETUP CONTROL Load Save Print Delete Config Config Config Config Factory 1 Current Short le 1 8 2 8 Current Full 2 8 Factory Power Up All 1 8 Power Up Protect Name Reset Cfg Auto Config Configs Configs Names Save Factory Disable 1 8 1 Enable 1 8 Enable 2 8 Disable All A configuration consists of several parameters The default factory configuration has a starting set of parameters In the configuration menu abo
163. epresentative board 713 PAP INVLD No Paper Invalid Parameter Contact your authorized service PARM Firmware error on controller representative board 714 PAP NOT SCHED No Paper Not Scheduled The Contact your authorized service paper feed process is not representative scheduling on the controller board and the printer cannot feed paper 715 PAP NT AT No Paper Not At Speed Contact your authorized service SPEED Firmware error on controller representative board 716 PAP UNEXP INT No Paper Unexpected Interrupt Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller representative board 717 PLAT INV CMD No Platen Invalid Command Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller representative board 718 PLAT INV PARM No Platen Invalid Parameter Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller representative board 719 PLAT INV STATE No Platen Invalid State Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller representative board 720 PROTECTED No Protected Instruction Contact your authorized service representative 212 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting P Can User M Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 721 RIB INVLD CMD Yes Ribbon Invalid Command Cycle power Run the print job See User Manual Firmware error on the ag
164. er 3 _ Operational Procedures 30 Wire U Paper i Paper Slot Slot S Metal Paper Guide 2000 Ipm and 805 Ipm Gorbest aecrea A w JE A A Cabinet Model Pedestal Model Figure 9 Paper Slots on the Printers NOTE Perform steps 15 to 32 only if you are unable to load the new paper over the existing paper 15 Open both tractor doors 16 Remove the old paper from the tractors Allow the paper to fall into the paper supply area 17 Feed the new paper up through the paper slot Hold the paper to prevent it from slipping down through the paper slot Reload Paper Left Tractor Door Paper Left Tractor Lock Fa A z Figure 10 Loading Paper on the Left Tractor 18 Pull the paper above and behind the ribbon mask See Figure 4 on page 19 for the ribbon mask location 19 Load the paper on the left tractor 20 Close the tractor door 31 32 Chapter 3 _ Operational Procedures Tractor Tractor Paper Splined Shaft rA Tractor Lock n GEL aa ppn PEPE CEE CEE PERE EPEAT EEE Mey ery ie ji 10 L 2b i 183442b Paper Scale Figure 11 Positioning the Left Tractor to Avoid Damage CAUTION To avoid damage to th
165. er 5 170 RS 232 and RS 422 Serial Interfaces RS 422 Table 11 PSA3 RS 422 Serial Interface Connector Pin Assignments Input Signals Output Signals Miscellaneous Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Receive Data 1 Transmit Data 3 Chassis Signal 5 RD TD Ground Receive Data 6 Transmit Data 8 RD TD RD RD Serial data stream differentially received by printer TD TD Differentially driven serial data stream for transmitting status and control information to the host Subject to protocol selection NOTE RD and TD form signal and return paths of a differential line signal 6 Reprogramming the Security Key Reprogramming the Security Key The security key on the PSA controller board can be reprogrammed with a Software Program Exchange SPX module The SPX is an intelligent module that plugs into the debug port on the back of printers equipped with the PSA3 Hurricane controller board The SPX is used only once it automatically overwrites itself after successfully reprogramming a security key This allows the end user or a service technician to enable features such as new emulations without having to remove covers and install a new security key on the controller board The SPX is used at power up only and is not left in the printer during normal operation Because it is a single use disposable item the user is not required to return it to the vendor or manufacturer How
166. erence Manual Covers the host control codes for the LinePrinter Plus emulation e LQ 1600K Emulation Programmer s Reference Manual Defines the host control codes for the LQ 1600K emulation e OKI Programmer s Reference Manual Defines the host control codes for the OKI emulation Printronix Customer Support Center Contact Information IMPORTANT Printronix Customer Support Center Please have the following information available prior to calling the Printronix Customer Support Center e Model number e Serial number located on the back of the printer e Installed options i e interface and host type if applicable to the problem e Configuration printout Press PRT CONFIG on the control panel then press Enter e Is the problem with a new install or an existing printer e Description of the problem be specific e Good and bad samples that clearly show the problem faxing or emailing these samples may be required China 86 800 999 6836 http www printronix com public servicessupport default aspx Printronix Supplies Department Contact the Printronix Supplies Department for genuine Printronix supplies China 86 400 886 5598 http www printronix com public supplies default aspx Chapter 1 _ Contact Information Corporate Offices Printronix Inc 15345 Barranca Parkway Irvine CA 92618 U S A Irvine CA 92623 9559 Phone 714 368 2300 Fax 714 368 2600 Printronix Inc
167. eries Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E08 FLOATINGPNT See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E12 SYSTEM CALL See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E13 TRACE INT See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 223 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E16 ITRANS MISS See User Manual Yes
168. ervice communicate with the GPIO representative interface B54 ERROR SDA No The SDRAM or a PCI cardis Cycle power to see if the LINE STUCK LOW shorting out the serial data message clears if not contact bus on the controller board your authorized service representative CLEARING No Status message emulation No action is required 216 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User i xplanation lution Displayed Message Correct Explanatio Solutio D50 Status XX No Status message The printer No action is required Clearing Flash is clearing its flash memory where XX represents the percentage completed D51 Status XX No Status message The printer No action is required Programming is loading firmware where XX represents the percentage completed D55 Status Send No Status message The printer No action is required Program to EC is loading the engine controller program into the engine controller EC DIAGNOSTIC No Status message the printer No action is required PASSED passed its memory and hardware initialization tests DO NOT POWER OFF No Status message The printer No action is required but do not is performing an operation power off the printer until the that must be completed operation is complete before you can cycle power E00 EXE ADDRO Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the Se
169. es or as printable characters The options include e Control Code default e Printable Character Set Specifies a character set as shown in the P Series Character Set Menu on page 94 To use one of these sets choose the desired group heading such as European Sets and press ENTER Then choose the desired set within that group such as Roman 8 and press ENTER Both the group and the desired set will be starred to indicate your selection The UTF 8 selection allows printing of UTF 8 encoded Unicode Character sets are shown in detail in the Character Sets Reference Manual SFCC d Command e Even dot plot default This option interprets SFCC d Command as even dot plot Double High This option interprets SFCC d Command as double high Select this option for backward compatibility PSeries Dbl High Allows printing compatibility between current and older model printers e Normal default This is normal double high printing for current model printers e P3 4 6 9 Compat Where older printers print two dot rows higher this option allows for compatibility by raising the print two dot rows to match the current models dot row value two dot rows lower FF Valid at TOF e Enable default Performs a form feed when the host sends a Form Feed command and the printer is at the top of form Disable Will not perform a form feed when the host sends a Form Feed command and the printer is at the top of form 93
170. esentative if this occurs frequently 401 BUFFER Yes The print buffer has Verify that the printer matches OVERRUN overflowed on a serial the host serial interface interface The printed output configuration settings for Data may contain random Protocol Baud Rate Data Bits asterisk characters Make Stop Bits Parity Data Terminal a configuration printout Ready and Request to Send Set printer serial interface parameters to match those of the host 402 CLEAR PAPER Yes No paper motion Clear jam and reload paper If JAM this message recurs contact your authorized service representative 403 CLOSE PLATEN Yes The platen lever is open Close the platen lever 409 FRAMING ERROR Yes The printed output may Make a configuation printout Set contain random printer serial interface exclamation point parameters to match host characters configuration settings for Data Protocol Baud Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity Data Terminal Ready and Request to Send 410 LOAD PAPER Yes Printer is out of paper Load paper and press CLEAR 206 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User P M Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 411 PARITY ERROR Yes The printed output may Check your printer serial contain a random interface parameter settings if question mark characters necessary adjust them so that they
171. eters options ACTIVE IGP EMUL This menu allows you to select the PGL or VGL emulation from the menu if IGP is installed EMULATION This menu allows you to configure the options which are available for the current operating active emulation For example if LinePrinter is the active emulation then the LinePrinter emulation options can be configured using this menu PRINTER CONTROL This menu allows you to select parameters common to a general user such as display language and Barcode quality ADVANCED USER This menu allows you to select several advanced operating parameters for the printer such as the speed at which paper will advance when slewing DIAGNOSTICS This menu includes the diagnostic tests system memory software build part number Feature File if one exists the shuttle type and statistics of the printer PRINTER MGMT These options allow you to select the PNE port type port number port timeout period status port number and management port number 57 Chapter 4 _ Main Menu N7000 STD Firmware OFFLINE QUICK ZTP CONFIG HOST NETWORK ACTIVE SETUP SETTINGS CONTROL INTERFACE SETUP IGP EMUL page 60 page 255 page 64 page 66 page 81 page 84 Host Interface ZTP Function Load Config Auto Switching Ethernet Address IGP PGL Ethernet Address ZTP TearDistance Save Config Centronics Et
172. ew IMPORTANT To print data the printer must respond correctly to signals and commands received from the host computer Configuration is the process of matching the printer s operating characteristics to those of the host computer and to specific tasks such as printing labels or printing on different sizes of paper The characteristics which define the printer s response to signals and commands received from the host computer are called configuration parameters You can configure the printer using the configuration menus and the control panel or by sending control codes in the data stream from a host computer attached to the printer This chapter provides an introduction to configuring the printer and includes the configuration menus available depending on which emulation you have installed in the printer Configuration directly affects printer operation Do not change the configuration of your printer until you are thoroughly familiar with the procedures in this chapter Changing Parameter Settings You may change a printer parameter setting such as line spacing or forms length either by pressing keys on the control panel or by sending emulation control codes in the data stream from a host attached to the printer The control panel allows you to configure the printer s resident set of configuration menus An example procedure for using the control panel to change parameter settings begins on page 47 When control codes are se
173. ew Old ASCII USA ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek Hebrew New French ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 Hebrew DEC German ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek Latin 1 Hebrew English MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek Win CP 1255 Danish MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 PC 437 Slavic ELOT 927 Greek Swedish Sakr CP714 7 bit Cyrillic Slavic 1250 Greek 851 Italian Aptec CP715 Ukrainian Code Page 865 Greek 437 Spanish CP 786 Bulgarian Code Page 860 Greek 8859 7 Japanese Arabic CP 864 Win CP 1251 Latin 1 8859 1 Win CP 1253 Norwegian Arabic CP 1046 Latvian 866 Latin 5 8859 9 Greek 813 EURO Danish II Arabic Lam 1 Latin 9 8859 15 Greek 869 EURO Spanish II Arabic Lam 2 Polish POL1 Latin Am Win CP 1256 Win CP 1250 French Canadian Farsi 1 Win CP 1252 Latin Am II Farsi 2 Win CP 1257 OCR A 1098 Farsi 1285 CP 858 EURO OCR B Lith CP 773 Multinational Serbo Croatic 1 ASCII USA Serbo Croatic 2 EBCDIC CP 774 Code Page 850 CP 775 CP 858 EURO ISO 8859 4 IBM PC l Turkish Misc UTF 8 Sets Sets Data Gen Turk Block set 10cpi DEC Turkish Italics Set IBM Turkish Scanblock 10cpi Siemens Turkish PGL Thai Set PTT Turkish IBC Turkish Bull Turkish AS400 Turkish Unisys Turkish NCR Turkish PST Turkish UNIS 1 Turkish Code Page 853 INFO Turkish Win CP 1254 Code Page 857 Azeri 108 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series The EMULATION menu allows you to select
174. executed e Factory Config The factory installed configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed Set Substitution When this option is activated the character set overlay in RAM is activated This can also be accomplished through a host command of SFCC RX In either case a flag is set indicating that the substitution table is active If the power up configuration has Ld Set at Pwrup and Set Substitution both enabled the character set overlay is automatically activated at power up or during a soft reset See the LinePrinter Plus Programmer s Reference Manual for more information Barcode x Offset e Disable default e Enable Allows text to print next to a barcode when xxxx and yyyy are not set to the origin 90 Printer Protocol from page 86 P Series P Series Emulation P Series Emulation Factory Default Control Code Control Code Define CR Auto LF Overstrike Define LF P Series 06 08 Code Code SFCC 8 0 LPI Elongated CR CR Disable Enable LF CR LF 1 10 3 LPI Backspace CR CR LF_ Enable Disable LF LF 0 7F hex 6 0 LPI VFU Select Alt Set Character SFCC d PSeries Dbl FF valid 80 9F Set Command High at TOF EVFU Control Code see page 94 Even dot plott Normal Enable DVFU Printable Double high P3 4 6 9 Compat Disable CVFU Disable Control Code
175. extra line feed after each carriage return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra line feed after each carriage return Auto LF This option defines the printer actions when print data is received past the forms width setting e Enable default Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width Disable Discards any data past the forms width Define LF Code The Define LF Code option controls the action of the printer when it receives a Line Feed code hex OA from the host computer If this feature is enabled each time the printer receives a Line Feed it inserts an additional Carriage Return code hex OD into the data stream This feature is required if the host computer does not send carriage returns to the printer e LF LLF default Does not add a carriage return with a line feed e LF CR LF Adds an extra carriage return with each line feed Epson FX Emulation Printer Select e Disable default Ignores the ASCII DC1 and DC3 control codes e Enable Disables the printer when a DC1 control code is received and enables the printer when a DC3 control code is received Character Set This parameter selects a character set for the Epson emulation as shown in the Epson FX Character Set Menu on page 108 Note that when OCR A or OCR B is selected as the print language the Font Attribute Typeface option under the LinePrinter Plus menu page 87 is changed to OCR A or OCR
176. f the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32A CND 0 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 228 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E32B CND 1 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32C CND 2 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32D CND 3 BP See User Manual Yes
177. falls off the current page is reported as an error Debug Mode The printer is put in debug mode whenever a form is defined in Create Form mode Each line of the Create Form is printed along with an error if one occurred This is the same functionality as if there were a slash entered before the Create Form Name Fault When an error occurs the error is printed and the message IGP PGL ERROR appears on the printer front panel The printer then stops printing and goes offline The error must be cleared before the printer can resume normal operation Off No form boundary checking Graphic elements appear clipped if they are beyond the page boundaries Select Font Allows you to choose from various character sets including IGP PGL Standard sets 256 character multinational sets and UTF 8 encoded Unicode 131 Chapter 4 132 IGP PGL Emulation IGP PGL Font Set Menu Select Font from page 122 Factory Default Standard Arabic Cyrillic European Greek Sets Sets Sets Sets Sets 0 ASCII ASMO 449 Code Page 866 Latin 2 8859 2 DEC 256 Greek 1 German ASMO 449 Cyrillic CP 437 Latin 2 852 ELOT 928 Greek 2 Swedish ASMO 708 Cyrillic 113 Mazovia Greek 3 3 Danish ASMO 708 Cyrillic 8859 5 Kamenicky ABY Greek 4 Norwegian MS DOS CP710 ISO 915 Roman 8 ABG Greek 5 Finnish MS DOS CP720 Code Page 855 P
178. fault The printer ignores all carriage returns that are not followed by line feeds e Enable The printer processes all carriage returns even for those that are not followed by line feeds Select Font Select Font specifies which language is currently selected for use with the PGL Refer to IGP PGL Font Set Menu on page 132 for available selections Slash 0 This parameter allows you to print the numeral O with or without the slash This option applies to all character sets except OCR A and OCR B e Disable default Zero is printed without a slash e Enable Zero is printed with a slash Select LPI This is the number of lines to be printed per inch For example at 6 Ipi there is 1 6 inch from the top of one print line to the top of the next print line The options are e 6 0 default e 8 0 e 9 0 e 10 0 Auto Uppercase This parameter enables the printer to print text in all uppercase when using the ALPHA command e Disable default The printer will print text in upper and lowercase e Enable The printer will print text in uppercase only Skip Cmd Prefix This parameter determines if the printer will print any data before a PGL command is received e Enable default The printer ignores all data on the current line before an IGP command e Disable The printer will print all data on the current line before an IGP command IGP PGL Submenu Forms Handling This submenu allows the user t
179. ftware Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING 269 Appendix E _ Software License Agreement REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
180. g a configuration printout NOTE The ENTER key must be unlocked in order to function See UP DOWN below The ENTER key lock and unlock function can be configured to be a key combination other than A V see page 153 Control Panel Keys UP or DOWN A or V Moves up or down between levels in the configuration menus and makes vertical forms adjustment After pressing VIEW press A or V to adjust the paper up or down in 1 72 inch increments for fine vertical forms alignment When the printer is in offline mode press A or V to move through levels in the configuration menus UP DOWN A V Locks and unlocks the ENTER key NOTE The ENTER key lock and unlock function can be configured to be a key combination other than A V see page 153 PREV or NEXT lt or Moves between the options on the current level of configuration menu In the configuration menu press lt to scroll backward or press gt to scroll forward through the menu selections on the same level PREV NEXT lt gt When both keys are pressed simultaneously the printer will reset to the power up configuration and reset its internal state in offline mode Ribbon Life Indicator The second line of the LCD displays the remaining life of the currently installed ribbon The default settings for this feature should match the requirements for most applications no special user setup is needed If your particular application requires darker printin
181. g font prints at 200 dpi horizontally and 72 vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 12 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change 87 Chapter 4 88 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD e High Speed 64 This font prints at 120 dpi horizontally and 64 vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 10 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change e BARCODE 145 This Data Processing font prints at 145 dpi horizontally and 72 vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 12 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change BARCODE 160 This Data Processing font prints at 160 dpi horizontally and 72 vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 13 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change Prop Spacing Proportional Spacing Each printed character is contained inside a character cell The width of the character cell includes the character and the space around the character e Disable default Each character cell is printed with the same width Each column in the printed text will line up This example is printed with proportional spacing disabled e Enable The width of each character cell varies with the width of the character For example i takes less space to print than m Using proportional fonts generally increases the readability of printed documents which gives text a typeset appe
182. g or can tolerate lighter printing the ribbon end point can be adjusted as appropriate Please refer Ribbon End Point on page 62 25 Chapter 3 _ The Control Panel Cancel a Print Job The procedure to cancel a print job depends on the printer emulation and your application software Contact your system administrator for additional information 1 Ifthe printer is online press il ON LINE CLEAR to place the printer in offline mode 2 From the host system stop the print job NOTE If the print job is not stopped from the host system before pressing X CANCEL the print job continues with data missing when the printer returns to online mode Exercise caution to prevent unwanted data loss occurrences as this function deletes unprinted data in the printer This function is active only in offline mode the purpose of this function is to eliminate the necessity of printing unwanted data when print jobs are canceled 3 Press CANCEL NOTE You may need to enable the Cancel option on the front panel See ADVANCED USER on page 148 for details 4 Set the top of form Refer to the Quick Reference Guide 26 Reload Paper Operational Procedures This section contains routine printer operating procedures on how to e reload paper e unload paper Reload Paper Do this procedure when LOAD PAPER displays This message occurs when the last sheet of paper passes through the paper slot This proce
183. gal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E17 DLOAD MISS Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 188 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Cee Explanation Solution E18 DSTORE MISS Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E19 BREAKPOINT Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it
184. ge if necessary 3 Contact your authorized service representative CRTG MISSING Yes The ribbon cartridge is 1 Make sure a ribbon cartridge is Install new RBN missing or installed installed in the printer improperly 2 Make sure the ribbon cartridge is seated properly 3 Remove and replace the cartridge if necessary 4 Contact your authorized customer service representative CRTG NOT SETx Yes The ribbon cartridge is 1 Make sure a ribbon cartridge is Re install RBN not properly positioned installed in the printer 2 Make sure the ribbon cartridge is seated properly 3 Remove and replace the cartridge if necessary 4 Contact your authorized customer service representative CTL VOLT FAIL No Controller Voltage Contact your authorized service the controller board D50 Status XX No Status message The No action is required Clearing Flash printer is clearing its flash memory where XX represents the percentage completed D51 Status XX No Status message The No action is required Programming printer is loading firmware where XX represents the percentage completed D55 Status Send No Status message The No action is required Program to EC printer is loading the engine controller program into the engine controller EC 183 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User See User Manual inst
185. ge occurs again VALID the validation checksum is contact your authorized service corrupt representative ERROR EC No XXXX is a number from Contact your authorized service STOPPED AT STATE 0000 to 0010 The Engine representative XXXX Controller has stopped and is in the state identified by the number displayed ERROR FLASH DID Yes The printer encountered an Download the program again If NOT PROGRAM error trying to program flash the message displays again memory contact your authorized service representative ERROR FLASH NOT No The printer could not find Contact your authorized service representative 232 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio ERROR LOCKED No nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnis_ Contact your authorized service SN nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn the serial number of the representative nnnnnn printer s security key The SPX serial number does not match the printer s serial number and cannot be used with the printer ERROR NO DRAM No The printer could not find Contact your authorized service ERROR NVRAM No The non volatile SRAM on Contact your authorized service FAILURE the controller board has representative failed ERROR OCCURRED No An interim message that Wait When the asterisk stops FLUSHING QUEUES displays while the printer rotat
186. h ASCII codes will function as the Special Function Control Code SFCC command delimiter P Series codes can use hex 00 through hex 7F Options include the following e SOH hex 01 the default e ESC hex 1B e ETX hex 03 e CIRCUMFLEX hex 5E also called caret e TILDE hex 7E NOTE SOH ETX and ESC are non printables The characters and are printable however do not use them as printables in the host data stream if either is chosen as a delimiter because print errors will occur NOTE Available for N7000 STD firmware only Ribbon End Point This parameter adjusts the point at which the system will declare the ribbon as being expended The life count will always be from 100 to 0 but if a darker setting is selected 0 will be reached more quickly If a lighter setting is selected the system will extend the time it takes to reach 0 Save Config This option allows you to save up to eight configurations to meet different print job requirements This eliminates the need to change the parameter settings for each new job The configurations are stored in memory and will not be lost if you turn off the printer If the Protect Configs parameter is enabled the new configuration will not be saved unless the existing configuration has been deleted first The factory default configuration cannot be changed See Saving Your New Configuration on page 50 for details Power Up Config This option allows
187. h the tear bar See Figure 33 NOTE The Tear Distance value must be changed to print the scale 50 __ Physical TearBar __ 0 Position 50 Correct TearBar Distance Print Station Figure 33 Correct Tear Bar Distance NOTE When a new ZTP Tear Bar Dist value is selected the printer will lose the current print position until you reset the top of form to automatically save the new value 9 Reset the top of form using the procedure on page 254 253 Appendix C _ Operation 254 Set the Top of Form Paper Tear Bar ao Form Advance Knob Figure 34 Setting The Tear Off Position The ZT printer uses the tear bar as the reference point for setting the tear off position To set the position of the forms perforation to the tear bar use the SET TOF button as follows 1 Make sure the paper guides are adjusted correctly and the paper is properly loaded 2 Press the SET TOF button on the control panel The printer display will read Align at TearBar Then Press TOF 3 Use the form advance knob to move the top of the form to the tear off bar 4 Position the perforation so it aligns with the tear off bar NOTE This is easily done by advancing one complete sheet above the tear off bar and folding it over at the perforation 5 Position the fold exactly at the tear bar 6 Tear the sheet off to ensure proper positioning NOTE If you do not want to lose a form position the top of the form at the t
188. hange the Phase Value parameter while the test is running While the phase printer test runs press the DOWN key To change the value press the PREV or NEXT key until the desired value displays and then press ENTER e Paperout Adj Verifies the current Paper Out Dots setting which determines where the last line of text will print when there is a paper out condition Setting this parameter correctly prevents printing on the platen e Burnin Test Reserved for factory use e Print Error Log Prints the current log of errors Most non routine faults ribbon stall voltage faults are stored in the error log e Clear Error Log Clears entries in the error log Ethernet Test Prints the Ethernet statistics stored on the Ethernet e Acoustics A particular test pattern that is used to measure acoustics Demo Demonstration of various print attributes e Dice 5 Pattern used to measure print density e Prnt Ribbon Log Prints log of cartridge installed in the printer e Checker For factory use This pattern helps identify marginal printhead elements quality of edge sharpness and uneven print quality Test Width Set this parameter to run the self tests at full width or 80 columns Paper Out Dots Only authorized service representatives should set this parameter This parameter is used to adjust the paper out distance from the perforation you can specify where the last line on the page will print when there is a paper out con
189. he application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03C DSI BAT PL Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 185 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program Displayed Message Bonnet Explanation Solution E03D DSI BAT PS Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03E DSI CXIWX Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears
190. he display message and send it to your next higher support facility 184 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Cae Explanation Solution E01B TYPE 0x60 Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E02 MACHINE CHK Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03A DSI HASH L Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03B DSI HASH S Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in t
191. hernet Params IGP VGL ZTP DataTime ZTP Data Time Print Config Dataproducts ZTP WaitTime 7 ZTP Wait Time Delete Config Serial ZTP TearDist 7 ZTP Platen Open Power Up Config IEEE 1284 Active IGP Emul Protect Configs Ethernet PGL SFCC 3 Name Configs VGL SFCC 2 Reset Cfg Names Printer Protocol Auto Save Form Length Form Width Select CPI Select LPI P Series SFCC Ribbon End Point Save Config Power Up Config EMULATION PRINTER ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS PRINTER CONTROL USER MGMT page 84 page 145 page 148 page 155 page 158 LinePrinter Ribbon End Point Ptx Setup Option Printer Tests PNE Port IGP PGL 3 IGP VGL 2 Open Platen BOF Bar Code Quality Tear Bar Dist View Function 5 Unidirectional Display Language Accented Chars Hex Dump Mode Power up State Downloaded Fonts PMD Fault Power Stacker 1 Auto Elevator Auto Locking File System Set Sharing Shuttle Timeout Slow Paper Slew Alarm Test Width Paper Out Dots System Memory Print Statistics Software Build Feature File Shuttle Type Mgmt Protocol PNE Port Number 4 PNE Port Timeout 4 Status Port Numb Mgmt Port Number If installed 2 If VGL is enabled 3 If PGL is enabled 4 Not available if PNE Port number is set to Serial 5 Available for pedestal printers only Power Saver Time Pwr Save Control Cancel Key Rev Status Port Ret Status Port 58 Set Lock Key RBN Low Warn RBN Low Action RBN End Action 6 If
192. higher support facility E31B EVENT 1 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31C EVENT 2 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 226 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E31D EVENT 3 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31E EVENT 4 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application p
193. ice representative B49 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message LOGICAL BANKS tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized service representative B50 ERROR SDRAM No SDRAM DIMM is not Cycle power to see if the message LOGIC COMB BANKS compatible with the clears if not contact your computer SDRAM DIMM authorized service representative may not be properly installed 181 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User coils are overheating i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio B50 STATUS XX No Emulation software No action is required CLEAR FLASH sucessfully loaded in RAM Old program being deleted from flash memory B51 STATUS XX No Status message printer No action required LOADING boot up routines are loading printer system software into flash memory and SDRAM B53 ERROR 12C NO No There is aproblem onthe Cycle power to see if the message ARBITRATION I2C bus which allows the Clears if not contact your SDRAM DIMM to authorized service representative communicate with the GPIO interface B54 ERROR SDA No The SDRAM or a PCI Cycle power to see if the message LINE STUCK LOW card is shorting out the clears if not contact your serial data bus on the authorized service representative contr
194. iguration when you activate the Save Configs parameter When disabled default the new configuration will overwrite the existing configuration When enabled the new configuration will not overwrite the existing configuration and the message CONFIG EXISTS Delete First displays Name Configs You may specify a 15 character name which can be used to refer toa configuration The name you enter for a configuration will be used in the Load Config Save Config Print Config Delete Config and Power Up Config menus The name can only be cleared by using the Reset Cfg Names menu When you move into the Name Configs menu the top line of the display shows the current configuration name The second line of the display is initially the same as the top line You can modify the second line of the display without affecting the top line until the ENTER key is pressed which sets the modified name Press the UP or DOWN 4 or Y keys to cycle through the values available for that character at the cursor location Press the NEXT gt key to move to the next character to be modified Press the PREV key 4 to go back toa character you have already modified Continue until you have entered the name you want to give to this configuration then press ENTER to save The name you entered will now represent this configuration on the printer s front panel To exit this menu without saving press any key other than the ENTER key The configuration na
195. implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free So
196. inches 0 columns Current Config Match Typeface 0 1 24 0 369 Factory Config Abs Length MM Right Margin 279 4 millimeters 0 columns 0 1 609 6 0 369 Funct of Lines Bottom Margin 66 lines 0 lines 1 192 0 451 Form Width Perforation Skip Abs Width IN Disable 13 6 inches 1 2 inch 0 1 13 6 2 3 inch Abs Width MM 5 6 inch 345 4 millimeters 1 inch 0 1 345 4 Funct of CPI 136 Characters 1 272 110 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series Printer Protocol For the Hanzi LP printer refer to the the LQ 1600K Programmer s Reference Manual and OKI Programmer s Reference Manual for details CPI LPI Select This parameter lets you specify the characters per inch cpi and lines per inch lpi values For the Hanzi LP printer if LQ1600K is selected the default values of Select CPI Select LPI and DBCS CPI are 10 cpi 6 Ipi and 6 7 cpi If OKI is selected the default values of Select CPI Select LPI and DBCS CPI are 10 cpi 6 Ipi and Default Host Command Ignore All When set to Enable this function ignores all host commands The default is Disable e Ignore CPI When set to Enable and if LQ1600K emulation is selected this function ignores the CPI selection commands ESC M ESC P and ESC g If OKI emulation is selected this function ignores the CPI selection commands ESC N ESC H ESC B and ESC E The default is Disable e Ignore LPI When set to Enable and if LQ1600K emulation is selected
197. ing a different fault discards host data it cannot message will appear use because a fault troubleshoot the final message condition exists ERROR PROGRAM No The printer requires more Contact your authorized service NEEDS MORE DRAM DRAM to run the representative downloaded program ERROR PROGRAM No The printer requires more Contact your authorized service NEEDS MORE FLASH flash memory to run the representative downloaded program ERROR PROGRAM Yes The printer is not compatible Use the correct emulation NOT COMPATIBLE with the downloaded software options s for this program printer model ERROR PROGRAM Yes The printer does not see a There is no program in printer NOT VALID program in flash memory memory Download the emulation ERROR SECURITY No The security key is not Contact your authorized service KEY NOT DETECTED present or failed representative ERROR SHORT AT No Hardware failure in SDRAM Contact your authorized service ADDRESS XXXX or controller circuitry representative ERROR WRITING TO No Hardware or software fault in Contact your authorized service FLASH flash memory representative ERROR WRONG No The printer received the Contact your authorized service CHECKSUM complete program but the checksum did not match The data may have been corrupted during downloading representative 233 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting C
198. int quality you can change it to optimal speed by selecting the values as follows e Bar Code Quality Printer Control menu Select Draft See page 57 for the Configuration Main Menu and see page 146 fora written description of Bar Code Quality e Print Quality IGP PGL emulation Select Dataprocessing See page 122 for the IGP PGL Configuration Menu and see page 130 for a written description of Print Quality e Print Quality IGP VGL emulation Select Dataprocessing See page 134 for the IGP VGL Configuration Menu and see page 138 for a written description of Print Quality 56 Main Menu Brief descriptions follow for the first level configuration menu options QUICK SETUP These options allow quick access to the most frequently changed or inputted parameters during the installation of the printer ZTP SETTINGS These options allow you to set parameters for zero tear pedestal printers CONFIG CONTROL These options allow you to save print load delete name and reset entire sets of configuration parameters HOST INTERFACE These options allow you to select either the Serial RS 232 Serial RS 422 Centronics parallel Dataproducts parallel and Long Lines Ethernet IEEE 1284 parallel or Auto Switching for the printer This menu also allows you to configure several parameters for each interface NETWORK SETUP This option allows you to select from Ethernet Address options and Ethernet Param
199. inute lpm 1000 Ipm 1500 Ipm and 2000 Ipm models e H Series printers 300 line per minute lpm 600 lpm and 800 Ipm models Pedestal The pedestal model has a clamshell design that allows easy access to all controls providing faster ribbon replacements and easier paper loading Oversized casters are standard making movement easy Versatility to configure the paper path for either top or rear exit Using the top paper exit this printer is ideal for short print runs and easy access to output Available in the following print speeds e STD printers 500 Ipm 1000 Ipm and 1500 Ipm models e H Series printers 300 lpm 600 Ipm and 800 Ipm models Zero Tear Pedestal Special push tractor configuration enables printing from the very first to the very last line of a form and then tear off with no forms lost The elimination of wasted forms between jobs can yield significant savings An ideal solution for supply chain and back office applications Available in the following print speeds e STD printers 500 Ipm 1000 Ipm and 1500 Ipm models e H Series printers 300 lpm and 600 Ipm models Consumable Monitoring with PrintNet Enterprise The Integrated Print Management System works with PrintNet Enterprise PNE PNE allows a system administrator to remotely view the current consumable status of all printers PNE can be configured to deliver alerts on all consumable warnings When a ribbon reaches the low state
200. ion of the Software Product separate from the printer without the prior written consent of Printronix Inc d You may not modify or prepare derivative works of the Software Product e You may not transmit the Software Product over a network by telephone or electronically using any means or reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the Software f You agree to keep confidential and use your best efforts to prevent and protect the contents of the Software Product from unauthorized disclosure or use 3 Transfer You may transfer the Software Product with the printer but only if the recipient agrees to accept the terms and conditions of this Agreement Your license is automatically terminated if you transfer the Software Product and printer Limited Software Product Warranty Printronix Inc warrants that for ninety 90 days after delivery the Software will perform in accordance with specifications published by Printronix Inc Printronix Inc does not warrant that the Software is free from all bugs errors and omissions Remedy Your exclusive remedy and the sole liability of Printronix Inc in connection with the Software is replacement of defective software with a copy of the same version and revision level Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Remedies 1 THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY ARE EXCLUDED
201. is disabled the CANCEL key will be ignored NOTE Use of this key will cause loss of data ial SET TOF Sets the top of form on the printer This key is active only when the printer is offline and will not operate if the printer is in a fault condition The paper moves down to the print position and aligns to the top of form Refer to the Quick Setup Guide for complete instructions on how to set the top of form NOTE If there is any data in the buffer the paper will move to the last print position a PRT CONFIG In offline mode PRT CONFIG prints the current short configuration This key requires a confirmation with the ENTER key pressing any other key will exit from this function See The Configuration Menus on page 45 for an explanation of configuration menus F JOB SELECT or PRINT MODE NOTE For N7000 STD printers the key is JOB SELECT For N7000 H Series printers the key is PRINT MODE In offline mode this key allows for fast selection of any of the previously stored configurations Pressing this key causes the printer to cycle through the following messages Load Config Factory Config Load Config 1 Load Config 2 Load Config 3 Load Config 8 lt l ENTER When navigating the configuration menus ENTER selects the currently displayed option value as the active value An asterisk appears next to the active value on the display ENTER is also used for starting and stopping printer tests and generatin
202. is file might be covered by the GNU General Public License Alternative licenses for eCos may be arranged by contacting Red Hat Inc at http sources redhat com ecos ecos license GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your righ
203. it 8 71 Data Polarity 72 Latch Data On 72 PI Ignored 72 Prime Signal 72 Resp Polarity 72 TOF Action 72 Trickle Time 73 DBCS ASCII Style 63 DBCS CPI 63 DBCS ASCII Mode 63 Default configurations 46 Define CR Code 91 117 123 Epson FX Emulation 106 Proprinter XL Emulation 103 P Series XQ Emulation 96 Serial Matrix Emulation 99 Define LF Code 92 118 123 Epson FX Emulation 106 Proprinter XL Emulation 103 P Series XQ Emulation 97 Serial Matrix Emulation 99 Delete Config 65 Demand Data Request Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 DHCP Ethernet Address menu 82 DIAGNOSTIC PASSED message 184 217 DIAGNOSTICS menu 155 Feature File 157 Paper Out Dots 156 Print Statistics 157 Printer Tests 155 Shuttle Type 157 Software Build 157 System Memory 156 Test Width 156 Dimensions printer 16 240 Display Language PRINTER CONTROL 146 DO NOT POWER OFF message 184 217 Documentation list 12 Downloaded Fonts ADVANCED USER menu 149 DP FIFO Busy message 184 DRVR CIR BAD message 184 D50 STATUS XX Clearing Flash message 183 217 D50 STATUS XX Programming 183 217 D55 STATUS Send Program to EC 183 217 E Electrical Characteristics 242 Elong Alt Font P Series XQ Emulation 97 EMULATION Menu 84 Emulation IGP PGL 120 Energy Star compliance 241 ENTER key 24 Environmental characteristics 240 Epson FX Character Set menu 108 Epson FX Emulation 106 Alt Set 80 9F 107 Auto
204. ity over the PI signal and all data above hex 7F is used to access character data and not to interpret PI line data Conversely when Data Bit 8 is disabled and the PI signal is used Data Bit 8 of the data is reserved for use as the PI function and you cannot access characters in the hex 80 FF range Therefore to access characters in the hex 80 FF range Data Bit 8 must be enabled Font Set The Font Set specifies which language is currently selected for use with the VGL Refer to IGP VGL Font Set Menu on page 144 for available selections PI Control Printer Pl e Disable default The ASCII emulation is configured with the PI line disabled e Enable The ASCII emulation is configured with the PI line enabled Host PI e Disable default The host does not send PI signals e Enable The host sends PI signals The Data Bit 8 configuration option must be disabled to transmit the PI line to the printer PRINTER CONTROL Max PI 16 e Enable default A paper slew of 0 15 will move 1 16 lines e Disable A paper slew of 1 15 will move 1 15 lines A paper slew of 0 will always move 1 line Prt To Emulate This option allows you to select an earlier model printer IGP board combination to emulate When a printer emulation is selected the scaling command causes the printer to generate a graphic image in the same density as the printer emulation chosen Five types of printers can be emulated MVP or MVP 150B L150 P
205. kwise or printed upside down Logos are easily created using alphanumeric commands and a variety of print and shading features which provides a customized appearance for forms reports and labels The registered trademark copyright TUV GS Mark UL and CSA symbols are provided as standard designs on the VGL and you can also define custom symbols Reverse and Shaded Print permit highlighting and contrasting by printing white characters on a dark background or white characters on a gray shaded background Various levels or patterns of gray shading and reverse printing may combine with the many other print features to create distinctive designs Automatic Increment Decrement Capability allows batch form processing Individual alphabetic numeric and barcode data fields can be identified and automatically incremented or decremented by any amount beginning from a specified reference point Standard Character Sets provide you with many different character sets Based on the Multinational Character Set you can create your own character sets using characters defined and stored in flash memory 133 Chapter 4 IMPORTANT 134 IGP VGL Emulation Configuring the Emulation with the Control Panel You can select VGL default parameters directly from the control panel or by control codes as explained in the GP VGL Programmer s Reference Manual The VGL parameters are described on the following pages Parameters ma
206. lations are all part of LinePrinter You can configure options for the active emulation via the EMULATION menu Emulation options are further described in their corresponding Programmer s Reference Manual Factory Default 1 Optional Emulation with N7000 STD LinePrinter IGP PGL IGP VGL page 85 and page 122 page 134 page 109 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD EMULATION from page 84 LinePrinter Factory Default Printer CPI LPI Host Font Page Print Char Protocol Select Command Attributes Format Set see page 86 Select CPI Enable see page 86 see page 86 10 0 CPI Ignore All 12 0 CPI Ignore CPI 13 3 CPI Ignore LPI 15 0 CPI Ignore Unidir 17 1 CPI 20 0 CPI Select LPI 6 0 LPI 8 0 LPI 10 3 LPI P S Mode CPI Changed Unchanged Reset Cmd Set Barcode CFG Ld Substitution x Offset Disable Inactive Disable Power up config Active Enable Current config Factory config 85 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Factory Default Printer Protocol from page 85 P Series P Series Serial Proprinter Epson XQ Matrix XL FX see page 91 seepage 96 seepage 98 seepage 103 see page 106 Font Attributes from page 85
207. le Matches the old method of decoding Host Form Length Determines whether the form length specified in the CREATE command changes the form length designated in the LP menu when the form is printed by the EXECUTE command e Disable default The LP form length is unaffected by the form being printed e Enable The LP form length changes to match the length of the PGL form being printed Var Form Adjust Ranges from 0 30 Default is 0 This menu value is tenths of inches The value of this menu specifies the amount of distance to add to PGL forms that have variable form lengths Variable length forms are forms that are defined by using a 0 in the CREATE statement CREATE FORM 0 Variable form lengths are defined by the contents within the form the form is only as long as necessary to print the form Changing this menu value adds additional lengths to the form in tenths of inches Again this only applies to forms that use the 0 variable length forms 127 Chapter 4 128 IGP PGL Emulation Var Form Type This menu option applies only to the host command CREATE NAME or CREATE NAME DISK The host command CREATE NAME followed by 0 X or a form length number will always override the menu option Add Nothing default No action Add 0 When selected the form length ends at the longest printed element Same as CREATE NAME 0 Add X When selected the form length is the same as the physical page
208. le Turns off bold print Define LF Code e LF CR LF default Forces an automatic carriage return with each line feed command The next print position is print position 1 of the next line e LF LLF Does not perform an automatic carriage return The next print position will be the current print position of the next line P Series SFCC This parameter allows you to select which ASCII codes will function as the Special Function Control Code SFCC command delimiter P Series codes can use hex 00 through hex 7F Options include the following e ESC hex 1B e SOH hex 01 e ETX hex 03 e CIRCUMFLEX hex 5E also called caret e TILDE hex 7E NOTE SOH ETX and ESC are non printables The characters and are printable however do not use them as printables in the host data stream if either is chosen as a delimiter because print errors will occur 92 P Series Emulation VFU Select Controls how the printer handles vertical formatting e EVFU default Enables the VFU and selects P Series compatible Electronic Vertical Format Unit EVFU e DVFU Enables the VFU and selects the Dataproducts compatible Direct Access Vertical Format Unit DVFU e CVFU Enables the VFU and selects the Centronics compatible Direct Access Vertical Format Unit CVFU e Disable Disables all VFU processing Alt Set 80 9F Determines whether the printer processes ASCII codes hex 80 through hex 9F as control cod
209. length Compressed CPI This parameter allows you to choose a compressed character 60 shorter for 17 or 20 cpi instead of the normal height character Disable default The PGL does not use compressed 17 or 20 cpi font Light Font Uses the standard compressed 17 or 20 cpi font Dark Font Uses a darker compressed 17 or 20 cpi font compatible with the IGP X00 printers Ignore Char Ignore Mode This parameter instructs the PGL to ignore the character selected under the Select Character menu e Disable default The PGL does not ignore any characters e Enable The PGL ignores the characters specified in the Select Character menu Select Char Instructs the PGL which decimal character 0 255 to ignore from the host IGP PGL Submenu Compatbl Mode This option instructs the PGL to behave similarly to older versions of the IGP with respect to certain commands All new users with new applications should select the None option Selecting this mode insures the printer will behave as described in this manual When replacing an older product operating with an existing application especially those using the PMODE and SMODE commands you may need to select a compatibility mode In this case select the printer model number option that most closely matches the printer being replaced The Compatibility Mode options include e None default e MVP e L150 e P3000 e P6000 e P9000 Expanded Font This option define
210. ll add a check digit to the end of the bar code data so that the results add up to an even number of data e Convert Alpha Disable is the default When enabled each non digit 125 bar code character will convert to O NOTE If you use an Interleaved 2 5 barcode that automatically adds the check digit type code k or I IBARC type code INT2 5CD or INT2 5CDA the check digit is added regardless of how this parameter is set IGP VGL Submenu Al 00 Spaces This option is designated for EAN UCC 128 barcodes whose application identifier Al is 00 e Disable default The printable data field is printed with the Al enclosed in parentheses This is the standard EAN UCC 128 format e Enable The printable data field is printed with the UCC fields separated by spaces This option is GP X00 compatible Width Limit e Disable default e Enable The system will limit the length and width for expanded characters to a limit shown in Table 5 which displays the maximum width allowed for a specific height in the range of 00 through 40 0 0 through 4 0 inches Table 5 Width Limit Table Height Param red Height Param Pa 00 99 21 51 01 99 22 53 02 3 23 56 03 6 24 58 04 8 25 61 05 11 26 63 06 13 27 66 07 16 28 68 08 18 29 71 09 21 30 73 10 23 31 76 11 26 32 78 12 28 33 81 13 31 34 83 14 33 35 86 15 36 36 88 16 38 37 91 17 41 38 93 18 43 39 96 19 46 40 98 20 48 Absorb After PN e Dis
211. load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E20 SYS MANAGE See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E30 DEBUGGER See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 225 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program s Can User h lution Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solutio E31A EVENT O BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next
212. loading into printer RAM XX indicates how much of the program has loaded LOADING PROGRAM No The printer has deleted the No action is required INTO FLASH previous program from flash memory and is loading the new program into flash memory NEW SPX DETECTED No The printer detects an SPX Contact your authorized service PRESS ENTER installed at the debug port and the SPX is valid for the printer representative 235 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User OPTIONS ENABLED use the SPX to turn on printer options that are already enabled i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio NON VOLATILE No Large emulations reduce the Contact your authorized service MEMORY FAILED amount of space available representative for saving configurations which means that sometimes fewer than eight configurations can be saved ON LINE N A Printer state message No action is required printer is online and in communication with host PLEASE WAIT N A Status message the printer No action is required RESET IN finished loading the program PROGRESS into flash memory and is automatically resetting itself PRINTER UNDER No Status message The printer No action is required REMOTE CONTROL is under the control of PrintNet Enterprise PNE remote management software REMOVE USED SPX No Status
213. lt Messages Troubleshooting Can User DOWNLOAD MODE the operator that software is being downloaded Percentage figure indicates approximate amount loaded into the printer i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 733 DP FIFO Busy Yes There is a timing problem in 1 Cycle power Run the the Engine Controller print job again If the firmware message reappears download the emulation software again 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message reappears contact your authorized service representative BOO STATUS SDRAM No Status message the printer No action required DETECTION 166MHZ has begun its boot up routines and is checking for the presence of SDRAM B01 STATUS 8245 No Status message printer No action required SDRAM TEST 32MB boot up routines are testing SDRAM B10 ERROR NO No SDRAM DIMM may not be Cycle power to see if the DRAM DETECTED properly installed Boot up message Clears if not contact routines did not detect the your authorized service DIMM B11 ERROR RAM No SDRAM failed the boot Cycle power to see if the TEST FAILED initialization test SDRAM message clears if not contact DIMM may not be properly your authorized service installed representative B12 ERROR Yes The printer does not see a There is no program in printer PROGRAM MISSING program in flash memory memory Download an emulation B13 ERROR NOT No Attempting t
214. ly LP IGP PGL and IGP VGL Emulations You can optimize print quality for darker and sharper barcodes and characters Doing so however will decrease the printer speed To optimize print quality you can change the values of the following configuration parameters Bar Code Quality Printer Control menu Select Dark or Draft Dark prints the darkest images but at the slowest speed Draft prints at a faster speed than Dark but the characters are not as dark See page 146 for a written description of Bar Code Quality Print Quality IGP PGL emulation Select Best or High Best prints the darkest images but at the slowest speed High prints at a faster speed than Best but the characters are not as dark See page 122 for the IGP PGL Configuration Menu and see page 130 for a written description of Print Quality Print Quality IGP VGL emulation Select High See page 134 for the IGP VGL Configuration Menu and see page 138 for a written description of Print Quality 55 Chapter 4 _ Configuration Overview Optimizing Print Speed N7000 STD Only LP IGP PGL and IGP VGL Emulations The printer has been configured at the factory for optimal print speed To optimize print quality instead you can change values for specific configuration parameters such as Barcode Quality and Print Quality Doing so however will decrease the printer speed If you have optimized the printer for pr
215. m 1834699 Figure 2 Printer Dimensions Cabinet Model with Paper Stacker 17 Printer Dimensions 2 Chapter Pedestal Model Figure 3 Printer Dimensions 18 Printer Component Locations Printer Component Locations Ribbon Ribbon Cartridge Tab 2 Ribbon Tractor 2 Tension Knob Blue Tractor Lock 2 Splined Shaft Hammer Bank Cover and Paper Ribbon Mask Support 2 Tab Slot 2 eLL8e8L Vertical Position Knob Platen Lever Platen Stop Ribbon Cartridge Interface Air Shroud Assembly Figure 4 Printer Component Locations 19 Chapter 2 _ Printer Component Locations 20 3 Operating The Printer Powering on the Printer When you power on the printer it executes a self test The default power up state is online When the self test completes and the software has initialized successfully the status indicator light turns on indicating the printer is online The default value of the type of emulation you have installed appears in the upper right corner of the display The ribbon life remaining is shown on the second line If there is a fault during the self test the status indicator flashes and a specific fault message appears on the display such as LOAD PAPER The alarm also sounds if it is configured to do so See LCD Message Troubleshooting Table on page 179 for information on fault messages and
216. m message displays again contact flash memory your authorized service representative ERROR FLASH NOT No The printer could not find Contact your authorized service DETECTED flash memory representative ERROR LOCKED No nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn__ Contact your authorized service SN nnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nis the serial number of representative nnnnnn the printer s security key The SPX serial number does not match the printer s serial number and cannot be used with the printer ERROR NO DRAM No The printer could not find Contact your authorized service DETECTED any DRAM representative ERROR NVRAM No The non volatile SRAM Contact your authorized service FAILURE on the controller board representative has failed ERROR OCCURRED No An interim message that Contact your authorized service representative 194 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting P Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio ERROR PROGRAM No The printer requires more Contact your authorized service downloaded program ERROR PROGRAM No The printer requires more Contact your authorized service NEEDS MORE FLASH flash memory to run the representative downloaded program ERROR PROGRAM Yes The printer is not Use the correct emulation software NOT COMPATIBLE compatible with the options s for this printer model downl
217. m contains the illegal DBCS character This is applicable for the Hanzi Big5 build only NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected 115 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series LQ 1600K Menu OEREINE Factory Default 1 For H Series GB LP firmware only EMULATION LinePrinter Printer Protocol LQ 1600K from page 109 Define CR Auto LF Define LF Printer Select Character Set 20 CPI Code Code Condensed CR CR Enable LF CR LF Disable Standard Sets Enable CR CR LF Disable LF LF Enable Epson Set Disable ASCII USA French German English Danish Swedish Italian Spanish Japanese Norwegian Danish II Spanish II Latin Am French Canadian Latin Am II IBM PC Alt Set 80 9F Currency AR3240 Sign Compat Printable RMB Select Disable Control Code Select Enable 116 OFFLINE EMULATION LinePrinter Printer Protocol OKI Menu OKI Menu Factory Default OKI from page 110 Define CR Auto LF Define LF Printer Select Character Code Code Set CR CR Enable LF CR LF Disable HS ANK 1 CR CR LF Disable LF LF Enable HD ANK 1 HS ANK 2 HD ANK 2 Define CR Code The Define CR Code option controls the action of the printer
218. m software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32F CND 5 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32G CND 6 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32H CND 7 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 192 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Ce Explanation Solution E33 WRITE BP Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the mess
219. me will revert to the last saved value Reset Cfg Names You can reset specific configuration names back to the default value of the configuration number 65 Chapter 4 _ HOST INTERFACE Auto Save e Enable default When a change has been made to a Config menu this option automatically prompts the user to save or not save the change to a Config If you are currently in the Factory Config menus and make a change pressing Enter saves to Config 1 or the next available Config and becomes the Power Up Config If the Current Config is Config 1 anda menu change is made pressing Enter will save the change to Config 1 Disable The printer will not prompt you to save any changes made HOST INTERFACE 66 HOST Factory Default INTERFACE from page 58 and 59 Auto Centronics Dataproducts Serial IEEE 1284 Ethernet Switching see page 67 see page 69 see page71 seepage 74 see page 79 The Host Interface Menu enables you to select and configure one of many types of interfaces between the printer and your host computer The currently selected interface is indicated with an asterisk on the control panel message display Each interface has its own submenu with a set of interface parameters which can be configured Auto Switching Submenu Auto Switching Submenu Auto Switching from page 66 Factory Default
220. ment when it is no longer needed Printronix offers a variety of programs and services to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products Information on these product recycling offerings can be found on Printronix s Internet site at http www printronix com Before using this information and the product it supports read the information and Communication Statements on page 263 262 If you are viewing this information softcopy the photographs and color illustrations may not appear For online versions of this book we authorize you to e Copy modify and print the documentation contained on the media for use within your enterprise provided you reproduce the copyright notice all warning statements and other required statements on each copy or partial copy e Transfer the original unaltered copy of the documentation when you transfer the related Printronix product which may be either machines you own or programs if the program s license terms permit a transfer You must at the same time destroy all other copies of the documentation You are responsible for payment of any taxes including personal property taxes resulting from this authorization Your failure to comply with the terms above terminates this authorization Upon termination you must destroy your machine readable documentation Energy Star Ov ify ENERGY STAR The Environmental Protection Agency ENERGY STAR Computers program is a
221. menu 82 Auto Elevator ADVANCED USER menu 150 Auto FF at PN 140 Auto LF 92 117 Epson FX Emulation 106 Proprinter XL Emulation 103 P Series XQ Emulation 96 Serial Matrix Emulation 99 Auto Locking ADVANCED USER menu 150 Auto Save Configuration 50 Auto Save CONFIG CONTROL menu Auto Save 66 Auto Switching submenu 67 Auto Switching submenu 67 Port Type 68 Report Status 68 Switch Out On 68 Timeout 68 Trickle Time 68 Auto Trickle Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts submenu 73 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 80 Auto Uppercase 124 271 B Bar Code Quality PRINTER CONTROL 146 Bar Code Verification 176 Barcode Errors 141 Barcode Options 126 Al 00 Spaces 126 C39 Compatbl 127 2 5 Selection 126 Optimized Ratio 126 Select SO Char 127 UPC Descenders 126 User Def Ratio 127 Baud Rate Serial submenu 76 Buffer Clear Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 BUFFER OVERRUN message 182 Buffer Size in K Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts submenu 72 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 80 Serial submenu 78 Busy On Strobe Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Busy Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Byte Mode IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface 164 BOO STATUS SDRAM DETECTION 166MHZ message 179 214 BO1 STATUS 8245 SDRAM TEST 32MB message 179 214 B10 ERROR NO DRAM DETECTED message 179 214 B11 ERROR RAM TEST FAILED message 180 214 B12 ERROR PR
222. message An SPX is Contact your authorized service THEN PRESS ENTER depleted because it has representative successfully reprogrammed the security key on the controller board RESTORING BOOT No Normal download No action is required CODE initialization message SECURITY No Security code of PAL on Contact your authorized service VIOLATION controller board does not representative match code of firmware on the controller board SECURITY KEY NOT No The security key is not Contact your authorized service DETECTED present or has failed representative SENDING PROGRAM No Status message the printer No action is required TO EC PROCESSOR is loading the engine controller program into the engine controller SPX FOUND ERROR No The controller board does Contact your authorized service KEY NOT DETECTED not have a security key representative SPX NOT NEEDED No The user has attempted to Contact your authorized service representative 236 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solution TCP PORT BUSY Yes Error message reported by Refer to the Printronix N7000 the Printer Manager when ethernet interface option is installed The network address given in the printer properties was reached but the printer port is busy Maintenance Manual 1 Before contacting an authorized service representative po
223. ming Errors 79 Idle Response 78 Interface Type 75 One Char Enquiry 78 Parity 77 Poll Character 78 Poll Response 78 Request to Send 77 Stop Bits 1 77 Word Length 77 Set Lock Key ADVANCED USER menu 153 Set Sharing ADVANCED USER menu 151 SET TOF key 24 SFCC d Command 93 SFCC amp Pwrup 136 Power Up F 136 Power Up PY 136 Power Up X 136 VGL SFCC 136 SHTL MISMATCH message 202 SHUTL INV CMD message 202 SHUTL INV PARM message 202 SHUTL OVR SPEED message 203 SHUTTLE JAM message 203 SHUTTLE STALL message 203 Shuttle Timeout ADVANCED USER menu 151 SHUTTLE TYPE NOT SUPPORTED message 203 Shuttle Type DIAGNOSTICS 157 287 Signals Centronics Parallel Interface 163 Dataproducts Parallel Interface 161 IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface 165 Site requirements 15 Skip Cmd Prefix 124 Slash 0 124 136 Slew Relative P Series XQ Emulation 98 Slow Paper Slew ADVANCED USER menu 151 Software Build DIAGNOSTICS 157 SOFTWARE ERROR CYCLE POWER message 203 Special information 12 Specifications interfaces 243 label 240 paper 239 Speed print 243 SPX FOUND ERROR KEY NOT DETECTED message 203 236 SPX NOT NEEDED OPTIONS ENABLED message 203 236 STACK FAULT message 203 STACK OVERFLOW message 203 STACK UNDERFLOW message 203 STACKER FULL message 203 STACKER JAM message 204 Status Port Numb PRINTER MGMT 158 Stop Bits 1 Serial submenu 77 Submenu IGP PGL 122 IGP VGL 134
224. n e Data Timeout default Allows Autoswitching when no data has been received for the selected Time Out period e Session Close Allows Autoswitching only when the Network Socket is closed If the Ethernet option is not installed the Network Socket is always reported as closed and this menu option is ignored Centronics Centronics Parallel Submenu Centronics Parallel Submenu from page 66 Factory Default 1 H Series have an extended range to 256 and the default is 64 Data Bit 8 PI Ignored Data Resp Busy On Latch Polarity Polarity Strobe Data On Enable Enable Standard Standard Enable Leading Disable Disable Inverted Inverted Disable Trailing Prime TOF Action Buffer Size Auto Trickle Signal ink Trickle Time Enable Reset 16 Disable 1 4 sec Disable Do Nothing 1 16 Enable 1 2 sec 1 sec 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 16 sec Off Data Bit 8 e Enable default Allows access to the extended ASCII character set Disable The printer interprets bit 8 of each incoming data character as a zero regardless of its actual setting PI Ignored The PI Paper Instruction signal is used to control vertical paper motion e Enable default Ignores the PI signal and treats the data as characters or control codes e Disable Causes the printer to interpret the eight data lines as VFU
225. n extra line feed after each carriage return e CR CR LF Inserts an extra line feed after each carriage return The next print position will be print position 1 of the next line Auto LF The Auto LF option defines the printer action when print data is received past the forms width setting e Enable default Performs an automatic carriage return and line feed when data is received past the forms width e Disable Discards any data past the forms width Overstrike This option enables you to print bold characters e Enable default Turns on bold print When enabled overstrike printing slows down the printer e Disable Turns off bold print Define LF Code e LF LLF default Does not perform an automatic carriage return when a line feed command is received The next print position will be the current print position of the next line e LF CR LF Forces an automatic carriage return with each line feed command received The next print position is print position 1 of the next line 99 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 STD Printer Select e Disable default Ignores the ASCII DC1 and DC3 control codes e Enable Disables the printer when a DC1 control code is received and enables the printer when a DC3 control code is received Alt Set 80 9F e Control Code default Interprets data in the range of hex 80 through hex 9F as a control code e Printable Prints data in the range of hex 80 through hex
226. n this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non Printronix Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this Printronix product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk 261 Appendix E Note Notices Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment Therefore the results obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly Some measurements may have been made on development level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems Furthermore some measurement may have been estimated through extrapolation Actual results may vary Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment Information concerning non Printronix products was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources Printronix has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to non Printronix products Questions on the capabilities of non Printronix products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products Printronix encourages owners of information technology IT equipment to responsibly recycle their equip
227. n to ensure acceptable print quality Also because paper is pushed from below the print station the last form in the tractors may not print fully or may not be presented to the printer exit for retrieval All paper used in the ZT printer requires standard half inch spaced tractor feed holes Cut sheet and continuous friction fed paper is not supported The forms specified in Table 14 can have no more than one form per page horizontally Table 14 Forms Type perforated paper forms er Width Description Length edge to edge One to three part continuous with carbon fan folded 3to12inches 7 to 16 5 inches edge perforated paper forms One to four part continuous with carbon fan folded 3 to 12inches 7 to 12 inches edge perforated paper forms One to four part continuous carbonless 3 to 12inches 7 to 16 5 inches fan folded edge perforated paper forms One to six part continuous carbonless fan folded edge 3to 12inches 7 to 12 inches Forms with a paper weight of 20 to 100 pounds and a maxi 3 to 12 inches 7 to 16 5 inches mum thickness of 0 025 inches Forms with a paper weight of 18 to 100 pounds and a maxi 3 to 12 inches 7 to 12 inches mum thickness of 0 025 inches Forms with all approved types of interleaf edge attachment except those using metallic or other hard devices 256 NOTE If you use forms outside these limits the print quality may not be optimum the printer may l
228. nch increments to accommodate variations in cover and form design View Function e Disable default Disables the View Function which allows you to press the VIEW EJECT key to move the last data printed to the tractor area for viewing e Enable Enables the View Function NOTE Default setting is Enable for Indian language printers Unidirectional The Unidirectional feature affects both print quality and printing speed By setting this feature you can configure the printer to print in both directions of the shuttle sweep bidirectional or to print in one direction only unidirectional e Disable default The printer will print all data in both directions of the shuttle sweep bidirectional printing This choice produces higher printing speed e Enable The printer will print all data in only one direction of the shuttle sweep unidirectional printing Although enabling this feature reduces print speed it enhances the vertical alignment of dots and produces cleaner sharper barcodes and text Display Language This parameter chooses the language that will appear on the LCD English or Simplified Chinese The factory default is Simp Chinese ADVANCED USER Accented Char Selects whether the accented characters are standard or tall See Figure 22 for an example Selecting tall will slow print speed and may cause the printer to back up during printing 060 6 O0 0 0O 0o Standard Tall Fig
229. ncluding the two standard perforated tractor feed strips A maximum sheet length of 16 inches 40 64 cm between top and bottom perforations NOTE A 16 inch rear door is needed for the cabinet model Power Paper Stacker option is 5 to 12 inches 12 7 to 30 48 cm long Thickness Not to exceed 0 025 inch 0 064 cm including backing sheet Printer Weight and Dimensions Cabinet Type Dimensions Weight Height Width Depth Unpacked Packaged Floor Cabinet 42 5 inches 27 inches 29 inches 225 lbs 285 Ibs Pedestal 35 inches 26 inches 21 inches 105 lbs 115 Ibs With a power stacker the weight increases by 21 lbs and the depth increases by 4 75 inches for a deeper rear door With the ZTP option the weight increases by 12 Ibs and the height is increased by 7 inches Environmental Characteristics Temperature Operating 50 to 104 F 10 to 40 C up to 5000 feet 1524 meters 50 to 90 F 10 to 32 C up to 8000 feet 2438 meters Storage 40 to 158 F 40 to 70 C Relative Humidity Operating 15 to 80 noncondensing Storage 15 to 90 noncondensing 240 Acoustic Noise Level Acoustic Noise Levels per P Pedestal ISO 9296 Cabinet Models Models Printing 50 dB 500 Ipm 1000 Ipm 65 dB 52 dB 1500 Ipm 65 dB 55 dB 2000 Ipm NA 6 8 Bel 8 0 Bel Standby 48 dB 50 dB 6 3 Bel 6 5 Bel Energy Star
230. nd is received Power Up F e Disable default e Enable Selects free format mode as the power up default and selects the graphics mode PY as the power up default Free format causes the VGL to ignore carriage returns line feeds and all characters below hex 20 sent from the host Power Up PY e Disable default e Enable Selects the graphics mode PY as the power up default LPI The number of lines to be printed per inch For example at 6 Ipi there is 1 6 inch from the top of one print line to the top of the next print line Graphics Options The following are several options which configure printing output Slash 0 This parameter allows you to print the numeral O with or without the slash This option applies to all character sets except OCR A and OCR B e Disable default Zero is printed without a slash e Enable Zero is printed with a slash Ignore Dots e Disable default e Enable Causes the VGL to expect position values to be specified in only 1 10ths of an inch If the dot position is also given it is treated as text IGP VGL Submenu Append Rotated e Disable default Logos and alphanumeric strings are treated as separate elements e Enable Appends logos to an alphanumeric string rotated in a clockwise counterclockwise or inverted orientation Truncate Alpha When enabled this parameter prevents the printing of Error 48 Element Off Page Error if alphanumeric data including
231. nector Pin Assignments Input Signals Output Signals Miscellaneous Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Receive Data RD 3 Transmit Status amp Control 2 Chassis Ground 1 Data TD Clear To Send CTS 5 Request To Send RTS 4 Signal Ground 7 Data Set Ready DSR 6 Data Terminal Ready DTR 20 Data Carrier Detect DCD 8 Table 10 RS 232 Serial Interface Connector Pin Assignments Input Signals Output Signals Miscellaneous Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Receive Data RD 2 Transmit Status amp Control 3 Chassis Signal Ground 5 Data TD Clear To Send CTS 8 Request To Send RTS 7 Data Set Ready DSR 6 Data Terminal Ready DTR 4 Data Carrier Detect DCD 1 Receive Data RD Serial data stream to the printer Transmit Data TD Serial data stream from the printer for transmitting status and control information to the host Subject to protocol selection Request To Send RTS Control signal from the printer Subject to configuration Clear To Send CTS Status signal to the printer indicating the host is ready to receive data status signals from the printer Data Set Ready DSR Status signal to the printer indicating the host is ina ready condition Data Carrier Detect DCD Status signal to the printer The ON condition is required for the printer to receive data Data Terminal Ready DTR Control signal from the printer Subject to configuration Chapt
232. ned 16 Logic Grid 17 Chassis Grid 18 Printer Peripheral Logic High 19 Signal Ground nStrobe 20 Signal Ground Data 1 21 Signal Ground Data 2 22 Signal Ground Data 3 23 Signal Ground Data 4 24 Signal Ground Data 5 25 Signal Ground Data 6 165 Chapter 5 _ IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface Table 8 1284 Signals continued Type of Mode Pin Source of Data Compatible Nibble Byte 26 Signal Ground Data 7 27 Signal Ground Data 8 28 Signal Ground PError Select nAck 29 Signal Ground Busy nFault 30 Signal Ground nAutoFd nSelectin nlnit 31 Host ninit 32 Printer NFault nDataAvail aDataAvail 33 Not Defined 34 Not Defined 35 Not Defined 36 Host nSelectln 1284 Active 1284 Active NOTE The length of the data cable from the host computer to the printer should not exceed 32 feet 10 meters Host Clock nWrite Driven by host Data transferred from host to printer When printer sends data two types are available If Nibble mode signal is set high If Byte mode signal is set low Data 1 through Data 8 These pins are host driven in Compatibility mode and bidirectional in Byte mode They are not used in Nibble mode Data 1 is the least significant bit Data 8 is the most significant bit Printer Clock Peripheral Clock Interrup Driven by the printer A signal from the printer indicating the character or function code has been received
233. neeeeeeseeeeeeeeenaeeees 164 Compatibility MOd ccceccceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeteaeeeneneeeees 164 Nibble Moe ceeeceeeeeesccceeeeeneeceeeeeneeeeeeeesaaeseneeeseeneeesensneneneeennnees 164 Byte MOUE erasia iaar aa AAE ER dike seh carat 164 DIQNAlS E en E ET 165 Terminating Resistor Configurations cccccseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 167 RS 232 and RS 422 Serial Interfaces cccccceeeeeeeeeeesesteeeeteeeesaees 168 tE A VA E EE earthy erty ene sateen aii iees 169 RS 422 ae Boas teeta teveushlearghcebulele Weel aaa aaar tua eeaeee ta oada 170 Reprogramming the Security Key c 171 Reprogramming the Security Key ccccceceeseseeeeeeeeeeteesenaeeseneeeesaees 171 How to Program the Security Key cccccceceesseeeeeeeeeeeteeteneeeeaes 171 TrOUDIGSNOOTING 0 cceeeeeeee eects eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaas 173 Cleaning Requirement cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeeesieeeeseneees 173 Exterior CIlOAning ccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeecaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeneeeseeeeteaeeeeeaeeess 173 Interior Cleaning seirene anasaini aa paai aaah 174 Diagnosing Problem Sconnesso a E 176 Bar Code Verification ccccccecceeceeeeeseneeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeseaeeseneeeeeaees 176 Printing a Hex DUMP necant a e 177 Fault Messages ore aa E T A aN 178 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages cesseeeeeeeeeees 179 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages eeeeen
234. nonprintable characters are indicated by a period Figure 26 shows an example of a hex dump PVBEAR Cet BO zi 22 0123456789 gt 7 30 B31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E JFF ABCDEFGHIJKLMNG 40 41 42 PA RSTUVWXYZENI 50 Si 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SA SB SC SD SE SF abcdefghijkimmo 66 61 62 63 64 635 b 67 68 69 SA 65 6C 6D AE OF parstuvwxyz i 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 20 IPHSLR C et 0 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 123456789 lt gt 7 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 ABCDEFGH 1 4 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 OD OA 21 22 23 24 25 26 1 70123456 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 34 789 lt gt 7 ABCDEF 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 GHIJKLMNOPGRSTUV 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 5 WXYZE I _ abedef 57 58 59 SA SB 5C SD SE SF 460 61 62 63 64 65 66 ghijkimnopqrstuy 67 68 69 6A 6B 6C 6D E 6F 70 7i 72 73 74 75 76 wxyuztik 1 4 77 78 79 7A 7B 7C 7D 7E 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 01234567 28 29 2A 2B 2C 2D BE 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 77 89 lt gt 7 ABCDEFG 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 HI 2Z amp 0 48 49 OD OA 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2A 2B 2C aD 40123456789 2E 2F 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 3A 3B 3C 3D gt 7 ABCDEFGHIJKLM 3E 3F 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 4B 49 4A 4B 4C 4D NOPQRSTUVWXYZC 4E 4F 50 5i 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 SA SB SC 5D abcdefghijkim 5E 5F 60
235. normally e Enable Text is printed with a heavy line thickness Italic Print Disable default Text is printed normally e Forward Slant Text is printed with a forward slant e Backward Slant Text is printed with a backward slant NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected Slashed Zero This parameter allows you to print the number 0 with or without the slash e Disable default Zero is printed without a slash e Enable Zero is printed with a slash DBCS ASCII Mode e DBCS Mode default The printer is in DBCS mode It can print double byte characters as well as a limited number of single byte characters e ASCII Mode The printer is in ASCII mode It can only print single byte characters 112 LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series GB High Byte This parameter takes effect when the printer is in DBCS mode It determines whether the printer accepts GB data with MSB bit on or off The values are set to ON or OFF by the ESC k and ESC commands e ON default The printer accepts GB18030 data the first byte below 0x80 which is a single byte ASCII character The first byte 0x80 and above is a Chinese character e OFF The printer accepts data ranging from 0x20 to 0x7F Code points from 0x80 and above is ignored When DBCS Half Width mode is set by the CEX r command a single byte ASCII character prints When DBCS Half Width mode is cancelled by the CEX s command a d
236. not wet with water and mild detergent or window cleaning solution Dry the lower cabinet interior by wiping it down with a clean lint free cloth Install the ribbon and load paper 175 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Diagnosing Problems 176 This section is designed to help you fix problems which may arise with normal printer operation Bar Code Verification The most important consideration when printing a bar code is to ensure that the bar code will be scanned properly Incorporating a bar code quality procedure in the printing process is the best way to ensure that bar codes are being printed correctly A properly implemented verification procedure will increase overall bar code quality reduce waste from misprinted bar codes and achieve high first time read rates A high first time read rate is an increasingly important factor in newer more efficient systems where manually entered data is not acceptable as a backup function Verification also minimizes the costs of returned products due to poor reading or unaccountable bar codes Printing a Hex Dump Printing a Hex Dump A hex code printout or hex dump is a translation of all host interface data to its hexadecimal equivalent listing all ASCII character data received from the host computer with their corresponding two digit hexadecimal codes Hex dumps are used to troubleshoot printer data reception problems Printable characters print as the assigned symbol
237. nse and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change 266 b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work ba
238. nt from a host attached to the printer they override control panel settings For example if you set the line spacing to 6 Ipi with the control panel and application software later changes this to 8 Ipi with a control code the control code overrides the control panel setting Saving Parameter Settings The parameter settings that you have changed can be permanently stored in the printer s memory as a configuration See Auto Save Configuration on page 50 and Saving Your New Configuration on page 50 You may also save your new configurations using the PTX_SETUP command host control code See your LinePrinter Plus Programmer s Reference Manual for details 45 Chapter 4 46 Configuration Overview Default and Custom Configurations A configuration consists of a group of parameter settings such as line spacing forms length etc Your printer provides a fixed default configuration and allows you to define several custom configurations for use with particular print jobs The factory default configuration can be loaded but it cannot be altered Eight configurations can be modified for unique print job requirements The Save Config option allows you to save eight groups of parameter settings in memory as custom configurations numbered from 1 through 8 An explanation on how to save a set of parameter values as a custom configuration using the Save Config menu option begins on page 50 Navigating the M
239. nt may be reproduced copied translated or incorporated in any other material in any form or by any means whether manual graphic electronic mechanical or otherwise without the prior written consent of Printronix Printronix makes no representations or warranties of any kind regarding this material including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose Printronix shall not be held responsible for errors contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages whether direct or indirect incidental or consequential in connection with the furnishing distribution performance or use of this material The information in this manual is subject to change without notice 1997 2013 PRINTRONIX INC Trademark Acknowledgements IBM AS 400 and Proprinter are registered trademarks and Intelligent Printer Data Stream and IPDS are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation Printronix PGL LinePrinter Plus and IGP are registered trademarks and N7000 N705 N705ZT N710 N710ZT N715 N715ZT N705Q N710Q N715Q N7220Q N738HQ N738H N738HZT N768H N768HZT N780H N768HQ N780HQ and SureStak are trademarks of Printronix Inc ANSI is a registered trademark of the American National Standards Institute Inc Centronics is a registered trademark of Genicom Corporation CSA is a registered certification mark of the Canadian Standards Association D
240. ntegrated Print Management System is enabled or not 423 0LD RIBBON Yes The sensor detects a ribbon Install a new ribbon Install New RBN that was previously declared to be at the end of its service life 207 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Install New RBN code but the ribbon model is not permitted on this printer Can User Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solution 424 UNKNOWN RBN1 Yes The sensor detects a bar Install a new ribbon 425 UNKNOWN RBN2 Install New RBN Yes The sensor detects a bar code but the region code does not match the printer Install a new ribbon 427 CRTG MISSING Install new RBN Yes The ribbon cartridge is missing or installed improperly 1 Make sure a ribbon cartridge is installed in the printer 2 Make sure the ribbon cartridge is seated properly 3 Remove and replace the cartridge if necessary 4 Contact your authorized customer service representative 428 CRTG COMM ER See User Manual No The hardware cannot communicate properly with the cartridge 1 Make sure the ribbon cartridge is seated properly 2 Remove and replace the ribbon cartridge if necessary 3 Contact your authorized service representative 432 CRT NOT SET Yes The ribbon cartridge is not correctly positioned 1 Make sure a ribbon cartridge is installed in the pri
241. nter 2 Make sure the ribbon cartridge is seated properly 3 Remove and replace the cartridge if necessary 4 Contact your authorized customer service representative 435 NO WELD See User Manual No The cartridge weld was not detected Clear fault and continue printing If error occurs again contact your authorized service representative 208 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 437 REG MISSING Yes The incorrect cartridge type Install region X ribbon cartridge Use Correct RBN is being used for the printer in the printer NOTE Specify the region of the printer when ordering ribbons 438 TIP MISMATCH Yes The incorrect cartridge type Install the correct ribbon Use Correct RBN is being used for the printer cartridge type in the printer 439 SHTL MISMATCH Yes This message displays when Install Standard Life Ribbon Use Correct RBN an Extended Life Ribbon is mounted on a 3H printer 440 RWP DOWNLOAD No Status message indicating No action is required Please Wait the software in the cartridge is being updated The user must wait fo rthe update to complete 601 15V CTL FAIL No Controller voltage failure Contact your authorized service representative 602 23 5V CTL FAIL No 23 5 Volt Controller failed a Conta
242. nterface from the host Terminating Resistor Configurations V6 Controller Board For parallel interface configurations the printer is equipped with 470 Ohm and and 1K Ohm terminating reistors on the controller board These are suitable for most applications See Figure 23 If the standard terminating resistor pack is not compatible with the particular interface driver requirements of the host computer other RP1 and RP2 values may be required 220 Ohm and 330 Ohm alternate terminating resistors are provided with the printer If you install the 220 Ohm resistor you must also install the 330 Ohm resistor Possible terminating resistor combinations are shown below Configuration RP1 RP2 Factory Default 470 Ohm 1K Ohm Alternate 220 Ohm 330 Ohm 167 Chapter 5 _RS 232 and RS 422 Serial Interfaces 2 2 AD ee e 2 5 i oon oo O o i m l q q o 1 a i a m fF ae RP1 and RP2 _ a D a 0 7 LA Default 470 1K Ohm 2 7 eae ell lin 2 Oa Alt 220 330 Ohm to f enk A f i i 1 B g o L 7 Lu 0000000 n r mT O
243. nterior Cleaning To clean the interior of the printer perform the following steps PN OMY oN Power off the printer and unplug the printer power cord Open the printer cover Fully raise the platen lever Unload the paper Remove the ribbon cartridge Lift the ribbon out of the ribbon path Brush the paper dust and ribbon lint off the tractors shuttle cover assembly and base casting with a soft bristled non metallic brush such as a toothbrush Vacuum up the residue Vacuum carefully around the hammer bank and surrounding area to avoid damage To avoid corrosion damage use only alcohol when cleaning the printer mechanical elements Solutions used to clean mechanical elements must contain no water 8 9 10 Wipe the splined shaft with a soft cloth Check the ribbon mask and hammer bank cover for bits of torn paper or ribbon lint Remove dust and ink from the platen using a soft cloth lightly moistened with anhydrous alcohol The platen is the thick silver bar behind the hammer bank cover that rotates when the platen lever is rotated When cleaning the platen be very careful not to get any alcohol in the hammer bank because alcohol will cause severe damage to the hammer bank Only a trained service technician should clean the shuttle assembly 11 12 13 Brush and vacuum the accumulated dust or residue inside the lower cabinet Wipe the lower cabinet interior with a clean lint free cloth dampened
244. o allows you to create your own character sets using characters defined and stored in memory IMPORTANT Configuring The Emulation With The Control Panel Extended Character Sets provide 33 extended character sets also containing 96 characters in length These are also stored in memory Configuring The Emulation With The Control Panel You can select PGL default parameters directly from the control panel or by control codes as explained in the GP PGL Programmer s Reference Manual The PGL parameters are described on the following pages Parameters marked with an asterisk indicate the default value The printer must be offline to enter the configuration structure Pressing an invalid key to enter a parameter value may move you to another level in the configuration or exit the configuration menu completely Configure the IGP PGL according to your specific requirements BEFORE you reconfigure the IGP PGL print a configuration sheet to see all of the current settings 121 Chapter 4 _IGP PGL Emulation IGP PGL Submenu Factory Default EMULATION from page 84 IGP PGL Define CR Define LF
245. o download a Cycle power to see if the COMPATIBLE program that is not message Clears if not contact compatible with the printer your authorized service representative B19 ERROR DC No The message indicates an Cycle power to see if the RETURNED incorrectly assembled and message clears if not contact tested machine your authorized service representative B20 STATUS 00 No Status message informing No action is required 214 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solution B21 STATUS No Status message informing No action is required PRINTER RESET the operator that the printer is undergoing a system reset B22 ERROR No FLASH memory has not Cycle power to see if the DECOMPRESS SIZE passed boot initialization message Clears if not contact tests your authorized service representative B23 ERROR No FLASH memory has not Cycle power to see if the DECOMPRESS passed boot initialization message Clears if not contact CKSUM tests your authorized service representative B30 STATUS N A Status message the printer No action is required INITIALIZING is running its initialization routines after startup and successful memory tests B35 STATUS N A Status message the DC on Cycle power to see if the WAITING FOR EC the controller board is message clears if not contact STATUS waiting
246. o handle the form in the following ways e Disable the default No effect e Auto Eject Automatically ejects a page at the end of the job to spill out the last page e Auto TOF Automatically does a form feed FF at the end of each form to the next top of form Power On IGP PGL You can set the IGP feature so that it is enabled or disabled when the printer is powered on e Enable default The PGL is enabled when the printer is powered on The PGL feature is initialized in the Normal mode Disable The PGL is disabled when the printer is powered on The PGL feature is initialized to the Quiet mode Ext Execute Copy e Disable default Dynamic data and overlay data are not allowed if the optional Form Count parameter number of forms to print is specified as part of the Execute command This setting is IGP 100 compatible e Enable Only dynamic data is allowed within a form in which the Form Count parameter is specified in the Execute command In this case the exact same form with identical dynamic data etc is printed for the Form Count However incremental data is not incremented since the page that is printing is exactly the same Also each form is printed on a separate page Barcode Factory Default Options from page 122 UPC Optimized 1 2 5 Al 00 Select SO User Def C39 Descenders Ratio Selection Spaces Char Ratio Compaitbl Always Di
247. oaded program ERROR PROGRAM Yes The printer does not see There is no program in printer NOT VALID a program in flash memory Download the emulation memory ERROR SECURITY No The security key is not Contact your authorized service KEY NOT DETECTED present or failed representative ERROR SHORT AT No Hardware failure in Contact your authorized service ADDRESS XXXX SDRAM or controller representative circuitry ERROR WRITING TO No Hardware or software Contact your authorized service FLASH fault in flash memory representative ERROR WRONG No The printer received the Contact your authorized service CHECKSUM complete program butthe representative checksum did not match The data may have been corrupted during downloading ERROR WRONG No The SPX inserted in the Contact your authorized service OEM debug port is not representative intended for this model printer or this OEM ERROR WRONG No The SPX inserted in the Contact your authorized service PRINTER TYPE debug port is not representative intended for this model printer or this OEM ETHERNET N A Status message No action is required DETECTED indicating that the Network Interface Card has established connection 195 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual not communicating with a PCI card This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or
248. ol Rate Length 8 Bits 1 RS 232 XON XOFF 9600 Baud 8 1 None RS 422 ETX ACK 19200 Baud 7 2 Odd ACK NAK 38400 Baud Even Series1 1 Char 57600 Baud Mark Series1 2 Char 115200 Baud Sense DTR 600 Baud 1200 Baud 2400 Baud 4800 Baud Data Term Request to Buffer Size Poll Poll Ready Send ink Character Response True On Line and BNF 16 00 Hex 0 ms On Line and BNF Off Line or BF 1 16 0 FF hex 1 30 ms Off Line or BF On Line On Line False False True Idle One Char Framing Response Enquiry Errors Disable Disable Enable Enable Enable Disable 74 Serial Submenu Interface Type This parameter allows you to select either the RS 232 or RS 422 serial port interface The default is RS 232 Data Protocol You can select one of the following serial interface protocols to meet the host interface requirements XON XOFF default The printer controls the flow of communication from the host by turning the transmission on and off In some situations such as when the buffer is full or the timing of signals is too slow or too fast the printer will tell the host to stop transmission by sending an XOFF character An XOFF character is sent when the number of empty bytes in the buffer is less than or equal to 25 percent of the buffer size If the host keeps sending data after an XOFF is sent the printer firmware will continue to send an XOFF for every 16 characters received When cleared the printer will resume receiving data XON The d
249. oller board B55 STATUS SEND No EC program downloaded No action is required PROGRAM TO EC and being programed in EC BUFFER OVERRUN Yes The print buffer has Verify that the printer matches the overflowed on a serial host serial interface configuration interface The printed settings for Data Protocol Baud output may contain Rate Data Bits Stop Bits Parity random asterisk Data Terminal Ready and Request characters Make a to Send Set printer serial interface configuration printout parameters to match those of the host CLEAR PAPER JAM Yes No paper motion Clear jam and reload paper If this message recurs contact your authorized service representative CLEARING No Status message No action is required PROGRAM FROM emulation software FLASH successfully loaded into printer RAM and the checksum matched The old program is now being deleted from flash memory CLOSE PLATEN Yes The platen lever is open Close the platen lever COIL HOT No One or more hammer Contact your authorized service representative 182 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User Displ M Explanation lution splayed Message Correct planatio Solutio CRTG COMM ERR No The hardware cannot 1 Make sure the ribbon cartridge See User Manual communicate properly is seated properly with the cartridge 2 Remove and replace the ribbon cartrid
250. on 168 removal 168 Resistors terminating location of 168 Resp Polarity Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts 72 RESTORING BOOT CODE message 201 236 Ret Status Port ADVANCED USER menu 152 RIB INVLD CMD message 201 Ribbon Cartridge changing 41 RIBBON DRIVE message 202 Ribbon End Point 62 Ribbon End Point PRINTER CONTROL 145 RIBBON STALL message 202 RIBBON UNDER 2 message 202 Rot Char Size 137 RS 232 169 Clear to Send CTS 169 Data Carrier Detect DCD 169 Data Set Ready DSR 169 Data Terminal Ready DTR 169 Receive Data RD 169 Request to Send RTS 169 Transmit Data TD 169 RS 232 Serial Interfaces 168 RS 422 170 RS 422 Serial Interfaces 168 RWP DOWNLOAD message 202 S Save Config 62 64 Save Auto 50 Saving new configurations 50 Saving parameter settings 45 Scalable Size 129 SECURITY KEY NOT DETECTED message 202 236 SECURITY VIOLATION message 202 236 Select CPI 61 Select Font 124 131 Select LPI 62 124 Select SO Char 127 SENDING PROGRAM TO EC PROCESSOR message 202 236 Serial Interfaces RS 232 168 RS 422 168 Serial Matrix Character Set menu 101 Serial Matrix Emulation 98 Alt Set 80 9F 100 Auto LF 99 Character Set 100 Control Code 06 99 Define CR Code 99 Define LF Code 99 ESC d command 100 Overstrike 99 Printer Select 100 Serial submenu 74 Baud Rate 76 Buffer Size in K 78 Data Protocol 75 Data Term Ready 77 Fra
251. on is reached The values are Under 2 default Under 5 Under 10 Under 20 and Under 30 RBN Low Action This menu determines how the printer behaves once a ribbon low condition is reached e Warn amp Continue default Once a ribbon low condition is reached the printer beeps and displays the RIBBON UNDER XX Change RBN Soon warning message Printing will continue without interruption The warning message can be cleared by pressing the ONLINE Clear button however the message will persist again in two minutes This action will continue until a ribbon out ribbon life reaches 0 condition occurs e Warn amp Pause This setting is similar to the Warn amp Continue selection with one exception When a ribbon low condition is reached the printer will still display the RIBBON UNDER XX Change RBN Soon warning message however the printer will stop printing This is meant to get the user s attention To resume printing the user must press the ONLINE Clear key NOTE Printing will only stop on the first occurrence of a ribbon low condition Once the user clears the warning message subsequent warnings will display the warning message but printing will continue RBN End Action This menu allows the user to override the normal ribbon low warning and ribbon out conditions Stop At RBN End default When this factory default option is selected the printer displays a warning message when a ribbon low condition is reach
252. onfig Config Config Config Configs Factory 1 Current Short 1 Factory Disable 1 8 2 8 Current Full 2 8 1 8 Enable Factory Power Up All 1 8 Name Reset Cfg Auto Save Configs Names 1 8 1 Enable 2 8 Disable All Load Config The printer can store numerous configurations in memory This parameter allows you to select and load a specific configuration Save Config This option allows you to save up to eight configurations to meet different print job requirements This eliminates the need to change the parameter settings for each new job The configurations are stored in memory and will not be lost if you turn off the printer If the Protect Configs parameter is enabled the new configuration will not be saved unless the existing configuration has been deleted first The factory default configuration cannot be changed See Saving Your New Configuration on page 50 for details Print Config This option is used to print a listing of various stored printer configurations Store printouts of your configurations in a safe place for quick referral CONFIG CONTROL Delete Config You can delete one or all of your eight customized configurations The factory default configuration cannot be deleted Power Up Config You can specify which of the nine configurations Factory or 1 8 will be the power up configuration Protect Configs You can specify whether or not a new configuration should overwrite an existing conf
253. ontinue until terminated This license may be terminated by agreement between you and Printronix Inc or by Printronix Inc If you fail to comply with the terms of this License and such failure is not corrected within thirty 30 days after notice When this License is terminated you shall return to the place you obtained them the printer and all copies of the Software and documentation U S Government Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at FAR 242 227 7013 subdivision b 3 ii or subparagraph c 1 ii as appropriate Further use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions applicable to restricted rights software as set forth in FAR 52 227 19 c 2 Acknowledgement of Terms and Conditions YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTAND IT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY ANY STATEMENT OR REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT NO CHANGE IN THIS AGREEMENT IS EFFECTIVE UNLESS WRITTEN AND SIGNED BY PROPERLY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF EACH PARTY BY USING THIS PRINTER YOU AGREE TO ACCEPT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT User s Manual N7000 and N7000 H Series Cartridge Ribbon Printers PRINTRONIX This document contains proprietary information protected by copyright No part of this docume
254. oom in the printer buffer the printer will send a high signal if the buffer is full the printer will send a low signal DTR tells the host if it is safe to send more data If the host sends data during an unsafe condition data will be lost DTR is not available when RS 422 is selected Baud Rate Sets the baud rate of the serial interface in the printer Baud rate is the speed at which serial data is transferred between the host computer and the printer The choices for the RS 232 and RS 422 interfaces are 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 and 115200 Baud The default is 9600 Baud NOTE If you select a baud rate that is greater than 19200 you may need to use RS 422 or select a lower baud rate to prevent data loss You also may need to increase the Buffer Size in K parameter to improve performance Serial Submenu Word Length Sets the length of the serial data word The length of the data word can be set to 7 or 8 bits and must match the corresponding data bits setting in the host computer Stop Bits 1 Sets the number of stop bits in the serial data word Either one or two stop bits can be selected The setting must match the corresponding stop bit setting in the host computer Parity Set for odd parity even parity mark sense or no parity The setting must match the corresponding parity setting in the host computer Data Term Ready This configuration is part of hardware flow control and
255. oors For cabinet models allows at least three feet of clearance behind the printer This permits air to circulate freely around the printer and provides access to the paper stacking area Has a standard power outlet that supplies 88 135 Volts AC or 178 270 Volts AC power at 47 to 63 Hz Is relatively dust free Has a temperature range of 10 C to 40 C 50 F to 104 F anda relative humidity from 15 to 90 non condensing Is located within the maximum allowable cable length to the host computer This distance depends on the type of interface you plan to use as shown in Table 1 Printer Dimensions Chapter 2 Table 1 Maximum Interface Connection Cable Length Interface Type Maximum Cable Length Centronics Parallel 5 meters 15 feet Dataproducts Parallel 12 meters 40 feet IEEE 1284 Parallel 10 meters 32 feet Serial RS 232 15 meters 50 feet Serial RS 422 1220 meters 4000 feet Twisted Pair Type 3 300 meters 985 feet Ethernet 10 100Base T 100 meters 328 feet Printer Dimensions PN 3 a s aie j A SO a N ii A A S F A 7 A Z D p 3 ae 41 0 in me ze l 104 cm ae 27 0 in AON wr DaS 68 84 cm Pa S a TB Fee N 09 0 in VC he 73 7cm 22 7 gt sae AN 1 lt x AA in 83 0 in 5 x P 210 8 cm ad Bec Figure 1 Printer Dimensions Cabinet Model 16 57 146 5 in 1 c
256. ore CPI All CPI commands sent by the host are ignored by the printer e Ignore LPI All LPI commands sent by the host are ignored by the printer e ignore Unidir All Unidirectional commands sent by the host are ignored by the printer Font Attributes Typeface e Data Processing default A general purpose font printing out at 120 dpi horizontally and 72 dpi vertically The width of the font will vary with each cpi e NLQ A high quality font printing at 180 dpi horizontally and 96 dpi vertically This font has serifs and the width of the font varies with the cpi e OCR A OCR B Optical character recognition fonts printing at 120 dpi horizontally and 144 dpi vertically Both fonts print only at 10 cpi e High Speed A draft quality font printing at 120 dpi horizontally and 48 dpi vertically The width of the font varies with the cpi e NLQ Sans Serif A high quality font printing at 180 dpi horizontally and 96 dpi vertically This font prints without serifs The width of the font varies with the cpi e High Speed 100 A draft quality font printing at 100 dpi horizontally and 48 dpi vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 10 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change e NLQ 200 This NLQ font prints at 200 dpi horizontally and 96 vertically When chosen from the front panel it defaults to 12 cpi The cpi can then be varied but the width will not change e DP 200 This Data Processin
257. ose top of form or the frequency of paper jams will increase Set the Top of Form Paper Jams Printer jams can occur if you tear off the form incorrectly If you experience two or more paper jams per box of forms follow these guidelines to help reduce jams e Position the lower paper guides properly e Align the paper web tightness properly e Position the form perforation against the tear bar e Time the tear while the paper is not moving e Direct the tear force toward the user and across the tear bar not upward To Clear Paper Jams 1 Raise the platen lever to open the platen 2 Open the left and right tractor doors 3 Pull the paper upward through the top of the printer NOTE DO NOT pull the paper downwards from the bottom This could cause the paper guides to bend 4 Reload the paper see page 250 257 Appendix C _ Performance Limitations 258 D Customer Support Printronix Customer Support Center IMPORTANT Please have the following information available prior to calling the Printronix Customer Support Center Model number Serial number located on the back of the printer Installed options i e interface and host type if applicable to the problem Configuration printout Line Matrix Printer Press PRT CONFIG on the control panel then press Enter Is the problem with a new install or an existing printer Description of the problem be specific Good and bad samples that clearly show
258. ost Buffer Size in K Configures the amount of memory allocated for the Centronics parallel port buffer You can specify between 1 and 16 Kbytes in 1 Kbyte increments The default is 16K NOTE H Series products have a range of 1 to 256 and a default of 64K Auto Trickle Auto Trickle is used to prevent a host computer from timing out because the parallel interface was busy for too long When Auto Trickle is enabled and the printer s buffers are almost full the printer will begin to trickle data in at the rate set in the Trickle Time menu until the buffers start to empty out Dataproducts from page 66 Dataproducts Submenu Trickle Time When the printer is printing data from a host and a second job is received by the printer from a different host Trickle Time prevents the second host from timing out while it is waiting for its data to be printed In order to support this feature the port has to be able to accept data from the host and store it for future use For example if the printer is printing a job from the serial port and then receives a second print job from the parallel port the data from the parallel port will trickle bit by bit into the printer buffer to prevent a timeout error from being sent back to the host connected to the parallel port The selected value is the time that the printer waits before getting the next byte of data from the host The Trickle Time value should be less than the host time
259. ouble byte GB characters prints NOTE This parameter is only available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected DBCS ASCII Style This parameter allows you to specify the appearance of the single byte alphanumeric characters in DBCS mode e Normal default e Oversize The alphanumeric characters will appear larger than normal single byte characters For example the appearance of character 8 will be changed to 8 e OCRB The alphanumeric characters will print in OCRB style It only takes effect on LQ typeface Text Position Specifies where the text will be positioned in the line space When set to Top of Line text will be positioned at the top of the line space When set to Bottom of Line the text will be positioned as if it was at the bottom of a 6 Ipi line space The following example shows both Top of Line and Bottom of Line text positions Dot Row Top of Linespace 4 2 ANOaARW Bottom of 8 LPI Linespace 9 10 11 Bottom of 6 LPI Linespace12 Text Position Text Position Top of Line Bottom of Line 113 Chapter 4 _LinePrinter Emulation N7000 H Series Compressed Mode This parameter allows you to specify the appearance of ASCII DBCS characters in ASCII mode e Disable default e Enable Prints out ASCII mode ASCII characters and half width DBCS characters NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected DBCS Compressed This paramete
260. our authorized service representative HAMMER SHORT See User Manual No Electrical malfunction of one or more hammer coils Contact your authorized service representative HB NOT INSTALLD No Hammer Bank Not Installed Self test routines do not detect hammer coils at printer start up Contact your authorized service representative 197 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting s Can User Displ M Explanation lution sp ayed lessage Correct planatio Solutio HMR BANK FAN FLT Yes Sensors cannot detect Check that fan cable is connected current in fan circuit Check for obstruction of vents and fan airway remove any obstructions Check for items beneath the printer blocking cabinet vents Power back on the printer If this message recurs contact your authorized service representative ILL EXT BUS ACC No Illegal External Bus Contact your authorized service on the controller board ILL INST ACCSS No Illegal Instruction Contact your authorized service error on the controller board ILLGL OPR ACCSS No Illegal Operand Contact your authorized service error on controller board INCOMPAT E NET Yes Incompatible network Install a compatible NIC to the Remove NIC interface card NIC is printer then reboot If this message installed still appears contact your authorized service representativ
261. out value but not too much shorter or else the printer fills up its buffer too fast This function is not applicable for C T hotport Dataproducts Submenu Factory Default 1 H Series have an extended range to 256 and the default is 64 Data Bit 8 PI Ignored Data Resp Latch Data Prime Signal Polarity Polarity On Enable Enable Standard Standard Middle Disable Disable Disable Inverted Inverted Trailing Enable Leading TOF Action Buffer Size Auto Trickle inK 1 Trickle Time Reset 16 Disable 1 4 sec Do Nothing 1 16 Enable 1 2 sec 1 sec 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 16 sec Off Data Bit 8 e Enable default Allows access to the extended ASCII character set Disable The printer interprets bit 8 of each incoming data character as a zero regardless of its actual setting 71 Chapter 4 72 HOST INTERFACE PI Ignored The PI Paper Instruction signal is used to control vertical paper motion e Enable default Causes the printer to interpret the eight data lines as DVFU commands when the PI signal is true Disable Ignores the PI signal and treats the data as characters or control codes Data Polarity The Data Polarity parameter must be set to match the data polarity of your host computer e Standard default Does not expect the host computer to invert the data e Inverted Expects the data
262. partnership effort with manufacturers of data processing equipment to promote the introduction of energy efficient personal computers monitors printers fax machines and copiers to help reduce air pollution and global warming caused by electricity generation Printronix participates in this program by introducing printers that reduce power consumption when they are not being used As an ENERGY STAR Partner Printronix has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency NOTE The ENERGY STAR emblem does not represent EPA endorsement of any product or service Communication Statements China Declaration This is a Class A product In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may need to perform practical actions B HAAR ESEHKAT RERTCSERARATA KHER PF TERAPI FRARMR THER 263 Appendix E _ Software License Agreement He A BEA SEPA ER H MEA PER 2000M AFKE GH AT SEA URE RS ER CAUTION This product is equipped with a 3 wire power cord and plug for the user s safety Use this power cord in conjunction with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid electrical shock Software License Agreement Your printer contains among other software Printronix operating software including but not limited to the Embedded Configurable Operating System the eCos Software as embedded software The terms of this Agreemen
263. printer Contact your authorized service representative NON VOLATILE MEMORY FAILED No Large emulations reduce the amount of space available for saving configurations which means that sometimes fewer than eight configurations can be saved Contact your authorized service representative ON LINE N A Printer state message printer is online and in communication with host No action is required PAP BAD TABLE No Paper Bad Table The paper feed process on the controller board has a corrupted table Contact your authorized service representative PAP BSY TOO LNG No Paper Busy Too Long Firmware error on controller board Contact your authorized service representative PAP FD DRVR CIR See Manual No Paper Feed Driver Circuit The paper feed driver circuit on the controller board is drawing too much current Contact your authorized service representative PAP FIFO OVERFL No Paper First In First Out Overflow Firmware error on controller board Contact your authorized service representative PAP FIFO UNDRFL No Paper First In First Out Underflow Firmware error on controller board Contact your authorized service representative 199 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting memory and is automaticall
264. r allows you to specify the appearance of ASCII DBCS characters in DBCS mode e Disable default e Enable Both the DBCS and ASCII characters will be printed as half width of their original size Encoding e Address Table default Specifies the address table supported GB18030 is for Hanzi GB printer BIG5 default CNS TCA ETEN IBM5550 TELETEXT BIG5 BIGS5E and HKSCS are for Hanzi Big5 printer e UTF 8 The printer takes in UTF 8 data stream and prints out according to Unicode format Taller 15 CPI This parameter allows you to specify the appearance of ASCII characters as 15 CPI in ASCII mode e Disable default The characters in 15 CPI appear shorter than other CPIs such as 10 CPI e Enable The height of 15 CPI characters is the same as other CPIs such as 10 CPI NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected Horizontal Expnd This parameter allows you to specify dot character horizontal expansion for both ASCII and DBCS characters in DBCS mode NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected 114 Epson FX Emulation Vertical Expnd This parameter allows you to specify dot character vertical expansion for both ASCII and DBCS characters in DBCS mode NOTE This parameter is not available for Hanzi GB printers with OKI selected Graphics Spd Up This menu is used to increase speed up graphic printing speed by turning on the Enhanced T
265. received on the data lines from the host computer to be inverted Ones become zeros and zeros become ones Resp Polarity The Response Polarity parameter must be set to match the response polarity of your host computer e Standard default Does not invert the response signal e Inverted Inverts the response signal sent to the host computer Latch Data On Specifies whether the data is read on the leading middle or trailing edge of the data strobe signal The default is Middle Prime Signal Disable default The parallel port will not perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal e Enable The parallel port will perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal TOF Action e Reset default A form feed is performed before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the host This setting is used only if the prime signal parameter is enabled Do Nothing Nothing occurs before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the host Buffer Size in K Configures the amount of memory allocated for the Dataproducts parallel port buffer You can specify between 1 and 16 Kbytes in 1 Kbyte increments The default is 16K NOTE H Series products have a range of 1 to 256 and a default of 64K Dataproducts Submenu Auto Trickle Auto Trickle is used to prevent a host computer from timing out because the parallel interface was busy for too long When Auto Trickle i
266. reflect the correct remaining capacity NOTE Since the ribbon usage information is stored on the ribbon cartridge you can reload a partially used cartridge onto a different printer Lighter or Darker Print The ribbon life value as determined by the Integrated Print Management System is factory set so that the image quality at the end of the ribbon life is as good as it was when the ribbon was new You may adjust the ribbon end point for a lighter or darker image as required for your printing needs See PRINTER CONTROL on page 145 40 Changing Ribbon Cartridge Changing Ribbon Cartridge Before changing the ribbon cartridge determine whether at the end of ribbon life if you want to make the print lighter extend the ribbon life or darker shorten the ribbon life If you want to make the print lighter or darker go to Ribbon End Point on page 145 and follow the procedures for adjusting the image density If you are satisfied with the print darkness continue with the following steps NOTE Ribbon cartridge instructions and illustrations shown in the following section are for the pedestal model Follow the same procedures for the cabinet model Blue Tractor ae Door 2 Platen Lever Ea Figure 19 Preparing to Load the Ribbon Open the printer cover Raise the platen lever as far as it will go Close the tractor doors PON ge Remove the old ribbon cartridge and discard properly 41 Chapter
267. rfaces Type Standard IEEE 1284 Parallel Centronics Parallel RS 232 serial Dataproducts Parallel Ethernet 10 100Base T Optional RS 422 serial Eogic Eevels TTL EIA 232E EIA 422B Transfer Rates Up to 200 Kilobytes on parallel interface Up to 19 2K baud on RS 232 serial interface Up to 115 2K baud on RS 422 serial interface Printing Rates The printing speed of text is measured in lines per minute lpm and is a function of the selected font and the vertical dot density Printing speed is independent of the number of characters configured in the character set repertoire Print rates for lines containing attributes such as bold or emphasized printing superscripts subscripts or elongated attributes will decrease to not less than half the rates of the font without such attributes The exact print rate of lines containing these attributes depends on the specific print job but software maximizes the throughput by dynamically determining which dot rows contain adjacent dots and must be printed in two strokes The reverse paper feed capability allows the printing of multiple densities on a single line This is useful in printing forms and text together or in mixing different fonts on a print line Use of multiple densities and reverse paper feed also affects throughput 243 Appendix A _ Printing Rates 244 B4 B3 B2 B1 ROW ASCII Character Set COLUMN 0 000 MPN OCTAL equivalent lt DECIMA
268. rimelogic part number PLU 2823224 Other electrically equivalent cables are acceptable This chapter describes the interfaces provided with the printer Standard Host Interfaces e Centronics parallel e EEE 1284 parallel bidirectional e High Speed Serial Port RS 232 e Ethernet 10 100BaseT 159 Chapter 5 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Optional Host Interfaces e Dataproducts parallel e RS 422 In addition to descriptions for the multi line interfaces this chapter also provides instructions for configuration of terminating resistors for the parallel interfaces Dataproducts Parallel Interface Table 6 Dataproducts Parallel Interface Connector Pin Assignments with a 50 pin AMP HDH 20 Data Cable Connector Input Signals Output Signals Miscellaneous Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin DATA LINE 1 19 READY 22 CABLE VERIFY 45 46 Return Return 6 DATA LINE 2 20 ONLINE 21 GROUND 39 Return 4 Return 5 DATA LINE 3 1 DEMAND DATA REQ 23 Return 2 Return 7 DATA LINE 4 41 PARITY ERROR 27 Return 40 11 DATA LINE 5 34 Return 18 DATA LINE 6 43 Return 42 DATA LINE 7 36 Return 35 DATA LINE 8 28 Return 44 DATA STROBE 38 Return 37 PAPER INSTRUCTION 30 Return 14 BUFFER CLEAR 31 Return 15 NOTE Pins not listed are not connected 160 The length of the data cable from the host computer to the printer must not exceed 40 feet 12 meters Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals Dat
269. rint job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 220 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E03H DSI ECKOWX See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E04A ISI NO TRA See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E04B ISI DIRECT See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears re
270. rked with an asterisk indicate the default value The printer must be offline to enter the configuration structure all of the current settings BEFORE you reconfigure the IGP VGL print a configuration sheet to see Pressing an invalid key to enter a parameter value may move you to another level in the configuration menu or exit the menu completely IGP VGL Submenu EMULATION from page 84 Factory Default IGP VGL SFCC amp LPI Graphics Error Ignore DB8 Pwrup Options Handling Setup VGL SFCC 6 see page 135 Error Msgs Ignore Chars 5E 7 Enable Disable Power up X 8 Disable Char 1 Disable 9 Error Markers Char 2 Enable 10 Enable Char 1 amp 2 Power up F Disable Ignore Ch 1 Disable Offpage Errors 0 0 255 Enable Disable Ignore Ch 2 Power up PY Enable 0 0 255 Disable Barcode Errors Data Bit 8 Enable Enable Enable Disable Disable Font Set PI Control Prt to Emulate see page 144 Printer Pl Disable Disable MVP MVP 150B Enable L150 Host PI P3040 Disable P6000 Enable P9000 Max PI 16 Enable Disable Graphics Options from page 134 IGP VGL Graphics Options Submenu IGP VGL Submenu Factory Default
271. rogram Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31F EVENT 5 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 227 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program s Can User h lution Displayed Message Correct Explanation Solutio E31G EVENT 6 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31H EVENT 7 BP See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again I
272. rsion bits in the CPLD which tell the EC which configuration version is installed representative 193 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Can User FLUSHING QUEUES displays while the printer discards host data it cannot use because a fault condition exists i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio ERROR DC Yes The printer cannot find Download the program again If the PROGRAM NOT the data controller message appears contact your VALID program or the validation authorized service representative checksum is corrupt ERROR DRAM AT Yes The printer cannot find Download the program again If the ADDRESS XXXXXXXX the engine controller message appears contact your program or the validation authorized service representative checksum is corrupt ERROR EC The printer cannot find Download the program again If the PROGRAM NOT the engine controller message occurs again contact your VALID program or the validation authorized service representative checksum is corrupt ERROR EC No XXXX is a number from Contact your authorized service STOPPED AT STATE 0000 to 0010 The representative XXXX Engine Controller has stopped and is in the state identified by the number displayed ERROR FLASH DID Yes The printer encountered Download the program again If the NOT PROGRAM an error trying to progra
273. rt menu and RS 422 under the Serial Hotport menu Trickle Time When the printer is printing data from a host and a second job is received by the printer from a different host Trickle Time prevents the second host from timing out while it is waiting for its data to be printed In order to support this feature the port has to be able to accept data from the host and store it for future use For example if the printer is printing a job from the serial port and then receives a second print job from the parallel port the data from the parallel port will trickle bit by bit into the printer buffer to prevent a timeout error from being sent back to the host connected to the parallel port The selected value is the time that the printer waits before getting the next byte of data from the host The Trickle Time value should be less than the host time out value but not too much shorter or else the printer fills up its buffer too fast Timeout This is the value used by the printer to time out from the current port and check the other selected port types for data to print When the printer has not received data from the host after a certain period of time it needs to timeout in order to service the other ports Report Status e Disable default When a fault occurs on the printer only the active port reports the fault to the host e Enable The port will report any fault even when it is not the current active port Switch Out O
274. rties The ribbon is contained in a plastic box the cartridge and feeds only in one direction The CRS contains an interface board that allows communication between the printer and the cartridge Using the CRS the N7000 automatically detects when a new or used ribbon is installed and determines the ribbon s length ink color and expected yield The ribbon life starting from 100 when new and decreasing to 0 when depleted is always displayed on the control panel See Figure 5 on page 22 When the ribbon life reaches 2 a warning message RIBBON UNDER 2 Change RBN soon appears on the control panel display The control panel status indicator lamp flashes The printer will continue printing in this condition until the ribbon life reaches 0 at which time printing will stop The ribbon may be changed at any time while the printer is in the RBN END POINT Change Ribbon condition without losing data in the printer s buffer If a new ribbon is loaded the system automatically detects the change clears the condition when the platen is closed and restarts the life at 100 If a partially used ribbon is loaded the system continues the life at the percentage indicated for the used ribbon You may also resume printing for approximately two more minutes without changing the ribbon by pressing the ON LINE CLEAR key twice This may be done as many times as needed to complete the job in progress Ribbon usage information is calculated by
275. ruction was attempted in the application program i Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio DIAGNOSTIC No Status message the No action is required PASSED printer passed its memory and hardware initialization tests DO NOT POWER OFF No Status message The No action is required but do not printer is performing an power off the printer until the operation that must be operation is complete completed before you can cycle power DP FIFO Busy Yes There is a timing problem Cycle power Run the print job in the Engine Controller again If the message appears firmware download the emulation software again Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears again contact your authorized service representative DRVR CIR BAD No Driver Circuit Bad The Contact your authorized service hammer coil count test representative failed E00 EXE ADDRO Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E01A TYPE 0x40 Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record t
276. s enabled and the printer s buffers are almost full the printer will begin to trickle data in at the rate set in the Trickle Time menu until the buffers start to empty out Trickle Time When the printer is printing data from a host and a second job is received by the printer from a different host Trickle Time prevents the second host from timing out while it is waiting for its data to be printed In order to support this feature the port has to be able to accept data from the host and store it for future use For example if the printer is printing a job from the serial port and then receives a second print job from the parallel port the data from the parallel port will trickle bit by bit into the printer buffer to prevent a timeout error from being sent back to the host connected to the parallel port The selected value is the time that the printer waits before getting the next byte of data from the host The Trickle Time value should be less than the host time out value but not too much shorter or else the printer fills up its buffer too fast 73 Chapter 4 _ HOST INTERFACE Serial Submenu Factory Default 1 H Series have an extended range to 256 and the default is 64 Serial from page 66 Interface Data Baud Word Stop Parity Type Protoc
277. s the type of expanded characters the PGL will select e Scalable default These expanded characters have rounded edges e Block These are block characters compatible with the IGP X00 printers e Alt Block 1 Alt Block 2 Reserved block sets used only for compatibility purposes Scalable Size e Normal default Controls the size of scalable characters to be either normal size as set by the user or adjusted to match the size of block fonts This is the default e Block Adjusts the size of scalable characters to exactly match its block font alternative True Form Slew This option is related to slewing within forms when using the PMODE command Customers with new applications are advised to keep this option enabled e Enable default Form length is accurate according to the form length parameter in the CREATE command e Disable Form length is IGP X00 compatible when using PMODE 129 Chapter 4 130 IGP PGL Emulation Printer PI Line This option enables the IGP to send PI instructions to the printer to slew the form e Enable default Send the PI instructions to the printer LinePrinter Plus during form slew This is IGP X00 compatible Disable Do not send PI instructions to the printer LFs are sent instead Print Quality e Data Processing default The emulation prints at 60 x 72 dpi and lets you choose between normal alphanumerics and barcodes and dark mode alphanumerics and barcodes This mo
278. sable Leading Zero Disable 14 Enable Disable Never Enable Trailing Space Enable 0 255 Disable Enable Only with PDF X2 DPD Modulo 7 CD 125 Chapter 4 126 IGP PGL Emulation Barcode Options The following sub options help define specific options regarding barcode printing UPC Descenders This parameter allows you to print barcode descenders when human readable data is not present in the UPC EAN barcodes e Always default UPC EAN barcodes are printed with descenders even if there is no human readable data e Never UPC EAN barcodes are printed without descenders if there is no human readable data e Only with PDF UPC EAN barcodes are printed with descenders only when the PDF command is present Optimized Ratio This option selects different barcode ratios for certain barcodes including Code 39 and I 2 5 It is included for compatibility with the IGP X00 printers Disable default Use standard barcode ratios e Enable Select the alternate barcode ratios l 2 5 Selection This option is added to be compatible with a special IGP X00 customization Usually if 2 5 barcodes have an odd number of digits a leading zero is inserted in front of the data However this special IGP X00 customization gives you the option of adding a space character at the end of the barcode instead e Leading Zero default A leading zero is inserted in front of the printable data field e Trailing Space A space is insert
279. sed on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under
280. sentative 196 Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution H01 PCI J12 See User Manual No The controller board is not communicating with the PCI card in PCI slot J12 This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or problem in the PCI bus Contact your authorized service representative H02 PCI J13 See User Manual No The controller board is not communicating with the PCI card in PCI slot J13 This could indicate a bad PCI card poor connection or problem in the PCI bus Contact your authorized service representative lt Online etc gt Half Speed Mode No Status message The controller samples the operating temperature of key components of the print mechanism When higher than normal temperatures are sensed the print speed is automatically reduced by 50 and the message sent the LCD When the components cool down the print speed returns to 100 and the message clears No action is required If the message appears often contact your authorized service representative HAM COIL OPEN No Hammer Coil Open Electrical malfunction of one or more hammer coils Contact your authorized service representative HAMMER COIL BAD etc No Hammer coil failed current test at power up Contact y
281. software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 190 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Ce Explanation Solution E31G EVENT 6 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31H EVENT 7 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32A CND 0 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E32B CND 1 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print jo
282. solutions Operating Modes Online In online mode the printer can receive and print data sent from the host Pressing the ON LINE key toggles the printer from online to offline mode The status indicator is lit in online mode Offline In offline mode you can perform operator functions such as loading paper and setting top of form You can also move within the printer configuration menus Pressing the ON LINE key toggles the printer from offline to online mode The status indicator is off in offline mode Fault In fault mode a condition exists which must be cleared before printing can continue The status indicator flashes the alarm beeps if configured to sound and a descriptive fault message displays The current operating mode can be selected via control panel keys or can result from routine operations such as powering on the printer 21 Chapter 3 _ The Control Panel The Control Panel Figure 5 shows the keys displays and indicators as they appear on the control panel The following section provides the descriptions and functions of the control panel keys Key combinations are indicated with the plus sign For example Press A V means to press the A key and the V key at the same time N7000 and N7000 H Series Printers i nod i r Message Displa ceed PRT CONFIG SET T
283. ssed boot initialization clears if not contact your BAD tests authorized service representative B41 ERROR DIM No The DRAM DIMM Cycle power to see if the message MEMORY NOT installed on the controller clears if not contact your SDRAM board is not Synchronous authorized service representative DRAM SDRAM B42 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message ROWS NOT tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your ALLOWED SDRAM authorized service representative B43 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message TOO MANY BANKS tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized service representative B44 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message NOT 64 BITS WIDE tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized service representative B45 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message IS WRONG VOLTAGE tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized service representative B46 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message HAS MIXED SIZES tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized service representative B47 ERROR SDRAM No Printer boot initialization Cycle power to see if the message LARGER THAN 256M tests detect incorrect clears if not contact your SDRAM authorized serv
284. submenu 72 PI Slew Range 123 PLAT INV CMD message 200 PLAT INV PARM message 200 PLAT INV STATE message 200 PLEASE WAIT RESET IN PROGRESS message 200 236 PMD Paper Motion Detection Fault ADVANCED USER 150 PNE Port Number PRINTER MGMT 158 PNE Port Timeout PRINTER MGMT 158 PNE Port PRINTER MGMT 158 Poll Character Serial submenu 78 Poll Response Serial submenu 78 Port Type Auto Switching submenu 68 Power Consumption 242 Power On IGP PGL 125 Power requirements 15 Power Saver Time ADVANCED USER 152 Power Stacker ADVANCED USER menu 150 POWER SUPPLY HOT message 201 Power Up F 136 Power Up X 136 Power Up PY 136 Powering on the printer 21 Power on S Mode 130 Power Up Config 62 Power Up Config 65 Power Up State MAINT MISC menu 149 PREV or NEXT key 25 PREV NEXT key 25 Prime Signal Centronics Parallel submenu 70 Dataproducts submenu 72 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu 79 Prime Centronics Parallel Interface Signals 163 Print Char Set 90 Print Config 64 Print Hist Log ADVANCED USER 153 Print job cancel 26 PRINT MODE key 24 Print Quality 130 138 optimizing 55 Print speed optimizing 56 Print Statistics DIAGNOSTICS 157 Printer component locations 19 control panel 22 dimensions 16 240 exterior cleaning 173 features 9 interior cleaning 174 maintenance 11 models 9 operating modes 21 powering on 21 site requirements 15 weight 240 PRIN
285. t 93 P Series SFCC 62 92 P Series XQ Emulation 96 Auto LF 96 Compressed Print 97 Control Code 06 96 Define CR Code 96 Define LF Code 97 Elong Alt Font 97 HS Print High Speed Print 97 Slew Relative 98 Upr Case Select 98 VFU Select 97 PTX Setup Option MAINT MISC menu 149 Pwr Save Control ADVANCED USER 152 PWRSUPP VOLT message 201 Q QUICK SETUP menu Active IGP Emulation 61 DBCS ASCII Style 63 DBCS CPI 63 DBCS ASCII Mode 63 Ethernet Address 60 Form Length 61 Form Width 61 Graphics Speed Up 62 Host Interface 60 Load Config 64 PGL SFCC 61 Power Up Config 62 Printer Protocol 61 P Series SFCC 62 286 Reset Cmd CFG Ld 63 Ribbon End Point 62 Save Config 62 Select CPI 61 Select LPI 62 Typeface 63 ZTP DataTime 60 ZTP TearDist 60 ZTP WaitTime 60 R RBN AT END POINT message 201 RBN End Action PRINTER CONTROL 154 RBN Low Action PRINTER CONTROL 154 RBN Low Warn PRINTER CONTROL 154 Rev Status Port ADVANCED USER menu 152 Ready Dataproducts Parallel Interface Signals 161 Receive Data RD RS 232 169 REGIONx MISMATCH message 201 Reload paper 27 REMOVE USED SPX message 201 236 Report Status Auto Switching submenu 68 Request to Send RS 232 169 Serial submenu 77 Requirements power 15 printer site 15 Reset Cfg Names 65 Reset Cmd CFG Ld 63 90 Hanzi LP Emulation 115 Resistor configurations terminating 167 Resistors installati
286. t apply only to the eCos Software and all other embedded software supplied with the printer You accept the terms of this Agreement by your initial use of your printer eCos License This file is part of eCos the Embedded Configurable Operating System Copyright C 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Red Hat Inc eCos is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 or at your option any later version You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with eCos if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA eCos is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details 264 As a special exception if other files instantiate templates or use macros or inline functions from this file or you compile this file and link it with other works to produce a work based on this file this file does not by itself cause the resulting work to be covered by the GNU General Public License However the source code for this file must still be made available in accordance with section 3 of the GNU General Public License This exception does not invalidate any other reasons why a work based on th
287. t clockwise a few rotations If necessary install a new ribbon RIBBON UNDER 2 Yes Status message Install a new ribbon Change RBN Soon indicating the Integrated Print Management System is enabled and ribbon ink level is 2 RWP DOWNLOAD No Status message No action is required Please Wait indicating the software in the cartridge is being updated The user must wait for the update to complete SECURITY No Security code of PAL on Contact your authorized service VIOLATION controller board does not representative match code of firmware on the controller board SECURITY KEY NOT No The security key is not Contact your authorized service DETECTED present or has failed representative SENDING PROGRAM No Status message the No action is required TO EC PROCESSOR printer is loading the engine controller program into the engine controller SHTL MISMATCH Yes This message displays Install Standard Life Ribbon Use Correct RBN when an Extended Life Ribbon is mounted on a 500 Ipm printer SHUT DRVR CIR No The shuttle driver circuit Contact your authorized service See User Manual on the controller board is_ representative drawing too much current SHUTL INV CMD No Shuttle Invalid Contact your authorized service error on controller board SHUTL INV PARM No Shuttle Invalid Contact your authorized service representative 202 N7000 STD ASCII Printers Fault Messages
288. t custom configurations to meet different print job requirements Once you have changed all of the necessary parameters you may save them as a numbered configuration Example 1 on page 51 or a named configuration Example 2 on page 53 that can be stored and loaded later for future use If you do not save your configuration using the Auto Save or this option all of your parameter changes will be erased when you power off the printer Once you have saved a custom configuration using this option it will not be lost if you power off the printer You can load a configuration for a specific print job see Load Config on page 64 You can also modify and resave it You may want to print your configurations see Print Config on page 64 and store them in a safe place such as inside the printer cabinet If the Protect Configs parameter is enabled and you try to resave an existing configuration the new configuration will not be saved until the existing configuration has been deleted see Delete Config on page 65 NOTE Once you change active emulations any changes to the previously selected emulation will be gone unless they have been saved Saving Your New Configuration Example 1 This example shows how to save a configuration as a numbered configuration then later print it Step Press LCD Notes 1 Make sure the printer is on 2 ON LINE CLEAR OFFLINE QUICK SETUP 3 ENTER SWITCH Allows you to m
289. t higher support facility 231 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting DETECTED flash memory Displayed Message Howat Explanation Solution E99 UNKNOWN INT Yes An illegal or unsupported 1 Cycle Power Run the See User Manual instruction was attempted in print job again If the the application program message appears load the latest emulation software 2 Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility ERROR CPLD NOT No The Complex Programmable Contact your authorized service PROGRAMMED Logic Device CPLD on the representative controller board is not programmed The EC cannot read the version bits in the CPLD which tell the EC which configuration version is installed ERROR DC Yes The printer cannot find the Download the program again If PROGRAM NOT data controller program or the message appears contact VALID the validation checksum is your authorized service corrupt representative ERROR DRAM AT Yes The printer cannot find the Download the program again If ADDRESS XXXXXXXX engine controller program or the message appears contact the validation checksum is your authorized service corrupt representative ERROR EC The printer cannot find the Download the program again If PROGRAM NOT engine controller program or the messa
290. t job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 187 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program Displayed Message Bonnet Explanation Solution E08 FLOATINGPNT Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E12 SYSTEM CALL Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E13 TRACE INT Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E16 ITRANS MISS Yes An ille
291. t tractor sprockets and close the tractor door Load the paper onto the right tractor sprockets and close the tractor door Load Paper Tractor 2 Tractor Lock 2 qgsresl Figure 30 Adjusting the Horizontal Paper Tension 5 Adjust the paper web tightness by sliding the right tractor to remove slack or to adjust for various paper widths See Figure 30 6 Lock the tractors in position by pressing down on the tractor locks Figure 31 Paper Exiting the Top of the Printer 251 Appendix C _ Operation Position the Paper Out Sensor 183490b At least 2 inches Sensor Knob o o pa Out Sensor TL Paper 7 j Figure 32 The Paper Out Sensor The paper out sensor indicates when the printer runs out of paper The sensor does not work with black backed forms Unlike the standard pedestal printer the ZT printer requires you to load the paper through the paper out sensor slot Figure 29 and Figure 32 Correct positioning of the paper out sensor ensures that the last form the printer prints will be properly presented to the tear bar To position the paper out sensor do the following 1 Position the paper properly at the tear bar page 254 2 Loosen the paper out sensor by turning the sensor knob counterclockwise
292. tative controller board 705 ILLEGAL No Illegal Operand Accessed Contact your authorized service OPERAND ACCESS Firmware error on controller representative board 706 PAP BAD TABLE No Paper Bad Table The paper Contact your authorized service feed process on the representative controller board has a corrupted table 707 PAPER BUSY No Paper Busy Too Long Contact your authorized service TOO LONG Firmware error on controller board representative 211 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting INSTRUCTION Firmware error on controller board Can User h Displ M Explanation lution splayed Message Correct planatio Solutio 708 PAPER FIFO No Paper First In First Out Contact your authorized service OVERFLOW Overflow Firmware erroron representative controller board 709 PAPER FIFO No Paper First In First Out Contact your authorized service UNDERFLOW Underflow Firmware error representative on controller board 710 PAP ILLGL ST No Paper Illegal State Firmware Contact your authorized service error on controller board representative 711 PAP INCMPL No Paper Incompletely Contact your authorized service ENER Energized Firmware error representative on controller board 712 PAP INVLD CMD No Paper Invalid Command Contact your authorized service Firmware error on controller r
293. that clocks data into the printer Acknowledge A low true pulse from the printer indicating the character or function code has been received and the printer is ready for the next data transfer Online A high true level from the printer to indicate the printer is ready for data transfer and the ON LINE key on the control panel has been activated When the printer is in online mode it may accept data from the host Paper Empty PE A high true level from the printer to indicate the printer is in a paper empty or paper jam fault Busy A high true level from the printer to indicate the printer cannot receive data Prime A high true level from the host to indicate the printer should perform a warm start printer is reset to the power up configuration values Paper Instruction Pl Carries a CVFU signal from the host with the same timing and polarity as the data line Fault A low true level from the printer indicates a printer fault 163 Chapter 5 _ IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface The 1284 supports three operating modes which are determined by negotiation between the printer and the host Compatibility Mode This mode provides compatibility with Centronics like host I O see Table 8 Data is transferred from the host to the printer in 8 bit bytes over the data lines Compatibility Mode can be combined with Nibble and Byte Modes to provide bidirectional communication Nibble Mode
294. that is 19200 or greater you may need to increase the Buffer Size in K parameter to improve performance Poll Character This option is for the Series1 protocol Whenever the printer receives this character it sends a response to the host indicating the current state of the printer see Series1 protocol It may be configured from 0 through FF hexadecimal Poll Response This option is for the Series1 protocol After receiving a poll character the printer will wait the poll response time in milliseconds before sending the response It may be configured from 0 through 30 Idle Response This option is for the Series1 protocol e Disable default e Enable The printer will send a response character every two seconds while the number of valid bytes in the buffer is less than 75 percent of the buffer size One Char Enquiry The One Char Enquiry mode uses the Poll Character to detect a request from the host and sends a response back to the host This option also allows you to turn on and off this feature Table 4 One Char Enquiry Response Characters Printer State Response hex Online and Buffer Not Full 22 Online and Buffer Full 23 Offline and Buffer Not Full 20 Offline and Buffer Full 21 The Poll Character is removed from the data stream If the Data Protocol is set to ETX ACK ACK NAK or Series 1 One Char Enquiry is automatically disabled IEEE 1284 IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional S
295. the problem faxing or emailing these samples may be required China 86 800 999 6836 http www printronix com support aspx Printronix Supplies Department Contact the Printronix Supplies Department for genuine Printronix supplies China 86 400 886 5598 http www printronix com supplies parts aspx 259 Appendix D _ Corporate Offices Corporate Offices 260 Printronix Inc 15345 Barranca Parkway Irvine CA 92618 U S A Irvine CA 92623 9559 Phone 714 368 2300 Fax 714 368 2600 Printronix Inc c o Printronix Nederland BV Bijsterhuizen 11 38 6546 AS Nijmegen The Netherlands Phone 31 24 6489489 Fax 31 24 6489499 Printronix Schweiz GmbH 42 Changi South Street 1 Changi South Industrial Estate Singapore 486763 Phone 65 6542 0110 Fax 65 6546 1588 Printronix Commercial Shanghai Co Ltd 22F Eton Building East No 555 Pudong Av Shanghai City 200120 P R China Phone 86 400 886 5598 Fax 86 21 5138 0564 Visit the Printronix web site at www printronix com E Communication Notices Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A Printronix may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your Printronix representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an Printronix product program or service is not intended
296. to your next higher support facility E20 SYS MANAGE Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E30 DEBUGGER Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted again If the message appears in the application load the latest emulation program software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E31A EVENT O BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 189 Chapter 7 Diagnosing Problems Table 12 N7000 STD ASCII LCD Fault Messages Troubleshooting See User Manual instruction was attempted in the application program Displayed Message Bonnet Explanation Solution E31B EVENT 1 BP Yes An illegal or unsupported Cycle Power Run the print job See User
297. ts we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software 265 Appendix E _ Software License Agreement Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputation Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all Th
298. tus indicator on the control panel flashes on and off and the message display indicates the specific fault Fault messages are summarized in Table 12 Displayed faults fall into one of two categories Operator correctable e Field service required For the operator correctable faults follow the suggested solution in Table 12 After correcting the displayed fault press the CLEAR key to clear the error message and status indicator and resume printing If the fault message reappears contact your authorized service representative NOTE The Maintenance Manual provides more detailed information and procedures for resolving fault conditions However many of the procedures described there must be performed only by your authorized service representative Fault Messages Requiring Field Service Attention If a fault is not correctable by the operator the fault message is followed by an asterisk This usually indicates that an authorized service representative is needed You may try two steps to clear the fault before calling your authorized service representative 1 Set the printer power switch to O Off wait 15 seconds then turn the printer on again Run your print job again If the message does not appear it was a false indication and no further attention is required 2 If the message reappears press the CLEAR key If the message disappears it was a false indication and no further attention is required If the message reappears
299. u may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License lf as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances 10 It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is
300. ubmenu Framing Errors Possible errors that can occur when the printer s serial interface settings do not match those of the host computer Enable default If a framing error occurs a fault message will display on the control panel Disable If a framing error occurs a fault message will not display on the control panel IEEE 1284 Parallel Bidirectional Submenu from page 66 Factory Default 1 H Series have an extended range to 256 Prime Signal TOF Buffer Size Auto Trickle Offline Action ink Trickle Time Process Enable Disable Reset 16 Disable 1 4 sec Disable Do Nothing 1 16 Enable 1 2 sec Enable 1 sec 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 16 sec Off The IEEE 1284 interface is faster and more versatile than Centronics and supports bidirectional communication Configuration of this interface is controlled from the host Refer to IEEE 1284 Parallel Interface on page 164 more details about the available modes Compatibility Nibble and Byte Prime Signal Enable default The parallel port will perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal Disable The parallel port will not perform a warm start reboot if the host asserts the prime signal TOF Action Reset default A form feed is performed before a warm start when the prime signal is asserted from the host This setting is used only if the prime signal par
301. urbo Match Typeface mode e Normal the default The printer prints at the given input graphics resolution e Enhanced The printer provides first level speed up which means the speed is faster than Normal mode e Turbo The printer provides second level speed up which means the speed is faster than Enhanced mode e Match Typeface The input 180x180 dpi graphics resolution will drop dot to the resolution which matches the typeface selected Page Format See page 89 for menu definitions Reset Cmd CFG Ld When the printer receives a host data stream reset command ESC for LQ1600K selected and DLE B for OKI selected in addition to resetting printer variables the power up configuration will be loaded e Disable the default The active emulation parameters are loaded when the reset command is executed e Power Up Config The power up configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed e Current Config The currently selected configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed Factory Config The factory installed configuration is loaded when the reset command is executed Error Handling This command determines the way illegal DBCS characters are processed e Normal the default Will ignore illegal DBCS characters e As Space Will insert two space characters 0X20 0X20 when the data stream contains the illegal DBCS character e As Square Will insert a black square OxAIBD when the data strea
302. ure 22 Accented Characters 147 Chapter 4 ADVANCED USER ADVANCED USER ADVANCED USER from page 58 and 59 Factory Default 1 If installed 2 Available for N7000 H Series Firmware only PTX Setup Hex Dump Power up Downloaded PMD Fault Power Option Mode State Fonts Stacker Setup Parse Disable Online Char Operations Enable Enable Enable Enable Offline Delete frm Flash Disable Disable Ignore Load from Flash Disable Save to Flash Setup SFCC Delete from RAM 21h Ld Char at Pwrup 1 FF hex Disable Enable Set Operations Delete frm Flash Load from Flash Save to Flash Delete from RAM Ld Set at PwrUp Disable Enable DBCS Download 2 Save to Flash Delete DL Font Auto Auto File Set Shuttle Slow Paper Elevator Locking System Sharing Timeout Slew Enable Disable Overwrite Files Disable 5 Seconds Disable Disable Enable Enable Enable 1 60 Seconds Enable Disable View File List Delete Files Flash Avail Optimize amp Reboot Print File List Alarm Power Pwr Save Cancel Rev Status Ret Status Saver Time Control Key Port Port On 15 minutes Enable Disable Automatic Disable Cont Beep 1 min 240 min Disable Enable Serial E Net Data Port
303. ution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions Yo
304. ve and in all the configuration menus in this chapter the factory default values are indicated by an asterisk Your print jobs may require parameter values which vary from the default settings This section provides an example procedure for changing individual parameter values The following procedure shows how to change and save the settings for the Barcode Quality and Language options Use these guidelines to navigate the configuration menus and change other parameters NOTE When changing Ribbon End Point parameters all changes will apply to every configuration saved Changes to Ribbon End Point cannot be saved to an individual configuration 47 Chapter 4 Configuration Overview Step Press LCD Notes 1 Make sure the printer is on 2 ON LINE CLEAR OFFLINE i i QUICK SETUP 3 ENTER SWITCH Allows you to make configuration changes lt 11 gt UNLOCKED OFFLINE QUICK SETUP 4 OFFLINE PRINTER CONTROL UNTIL 5 PRINTER CONTROL LD Ribbon End Point 6 PRINTER CONTROL Barcode Quality UNTIL 7 Barcode Quality 8 Barcode Quality Cycle through the choices Draft OR 9 ENTER Barcode Quality The indicates this choice is active Draft 10 PRINTER CONTROL f t Barcode Quality 48 Changing Parameters Example Step Press LCD Notes 11 PRINTER CONTROL Display Language UNTIL 12 Display Language lt gt English 13 Display Language Press until the
305. wer Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03A DSI HASH L See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility 218 N7000 H Series Printers Fault Messages Table 13 N7000 H Series Fault Messages Troubleshooting Displayed Message Can User Correct Explanation Solution E03B DSI HASH S See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03C DSI BAT PL See User Manual Yes An illegal or unsupported instruction was attempted in the application program Cycle Power Run the print job again If the message appears load the latest emulation software Cycle power Run the print job again If the message appears record the display message and send it to your next higher support facility E03
306. wer off the printer wait 15 seconds then power it back on and rerun your print job If the message reappears press CLEAR If the fault message still displays then contact your authorized service representative 237 Chapter 7 _ Diagnosing Problems 238 A Printer Specifications Ribbon Cartridge Specifications P N 255048 Ext Life ASCII 404 4 Pack 104 1 Pack 255049 Std Life ASCII 104 Single 255050 Ext Life HANZI 404 4 Pack 104 1 Pack 255051 Std life HANZI 104 Single Paper Specifications Type Thickness Sheet Thickness Drive Edge perforated fan fold 3 to 17 inches 7 62 to 43 18 cm wide 2 to 12 inches 5 08 to 30 48 cm long SureStak Power Stacker option works with forms 5 to 12 inches 12 7 to 30 48 cm long and up to 16 inches 41 cm wide with out the paper tent or 15 5 inches 39 5 cm wide with the paper tent installed Single part 15 to 100 pound 6 80 to 45 36 kg stock Multi part 1 to 6 part forms maximum 12 Ib 5 44 kg ply of upper plies 0 025 inch 0 064 cm maximum Adjustable tractors 6 pin engagement 239 Appendix A _ Labels Labels On Backing One part continuous perforated fanfold back form Labels must be placed at least 1 6 inch 0 42 cm from the fan fold perforation Backing adhesive must not be squeezed out during printing Sheet Size 3 to 17 inches 7 62 to 43 18 cm wide i
307. y resetting itself s Can User l M Explanation lution Displayed Message Correct planatio Solutio PAP ILLGL ST No Paper Illegal State Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PAP INCMPL ENER No Paper Incompletely Contact your authorized service Energized Firmware representative error on controller board PAP INVLD CMD No Paper Invalid Command Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PAP INVLD PARM No Paper Invalid Parameter Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PAP NOT SCHED No Paper Not Scheduled Contact your authorized service The paper feed process representative is not scheduling on the controller board and the printer cannot feed paper PAP NT AT SPEED No Paper Not At Speed Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PAP UNEXP INT No Paper Unexpected Contact your authorized service Interrupt Firmware error representative on controller board PARITY ERROR Yes The printed output may Check your printer serial interface contain a random parameter settings if necessary question mark adjust them so that they match the characters settings of the attached host PLAT INV CMD No Platen Invalid Command Contact your authorized service Firmware error on representative controller board PLAT INV PARM No Platen Invali
308. you to specify which of the nine configurations Factory or 1 8 will be the power up configuration Graphics Spd Up This menu is used to increase speed up graphic printing speed by turning on Enhanced Turbo Match Typeface mode See Graphics Spd Up in the LQ1600K Programmer s Reference manual NOTE Available for H Series firmware only QUICK SETUP Menu Definitions Typeface Sets the typeface of the printer This key requires confirmation with the ENTER key NOTE Available for H Series firmware only The factory default for Hanzi GB LP with LQ1600K selected is Near LQ The factory default for Hanzi Bigs LP and Hanzi GB LP with OKI selected is LQ DBCS CPI Defines the default values for horizontal character spacing in DBCS mode For the Hanzi LP printer select from 5 0 6 0 6 7 7 5 Others CPI and Default available for N7H Hanzi GB LP with OKI selected only The factory default is 6 7 cpi for LQ1600K and Default for OKI NOTE Available for H Series firmware only DBCS ASCII Style This option specifies the appearance of the single byte numeric characters For the Hanzi LP printer select from Normal Oversize and OCRB NOTE Available for H Series firmware only DBCS ASCII Mode This option specifies the operating mode of the Hanzi printer Refer to Font Attributes in the LQ1600K Programmer s Reference Manual for more information NOTE Available for H Series firmware only Reset Cmd

User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents